EDGAR 10-K Filing

Company CIK: 1776661
Filing Year: 2025
Filename: 1776661_10-K_2025_0000950170-25-035151.json

---

ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Item 1. Business
Our Company
As a leading business solutions provider to consumer-packaged goods companies and retailers, we offer a platform of high-quality, interconnected, essential, business-critical omni-channel services such as brokerage (headquarter sales), retail merchandising, in-store sampling and private brand development. We assist brands and retailers of all sizes in getting the right products on the shelf - both physical or digital - and into the hands of consumers however they choose to shop. We innovate as a trusted partner with our clients, solving problems to increase efficiency, effectiveness and sales across various channels.
We are proud to serve more than 4,000 clients across diverse categories, such as grocery, mass merchandisers, club, drug and convenience retailers, maintaining trusted relationships and reach spanning more than 100,000 coast-to-coast locations. Our services reflect our differentiated business systems, talent, relationships, scale and expertise. We listen, learn and invest in capabilities that help us meet the evolving needs of brands and retailers. This approach enables us to address existing challenges more effectively and tackle new issues promptly while navigating an increasingly omni-channel world.
Our experience and the transformation underway are designed to improve our core capabilities through technology and strategic partnerships over time. We are committed to staying at the forefront of industry trends to harness data and analytic solutions that support our teammates in creating, executing, and measuring insight-based plans to foster our clients’ business growth.
At the most fundamental level:
•We operate at the nexus of consumer-packaged goods companies and retailers and are trusted partners for both.
•We help our clients sell more while spending less, making their operations more effective and efficient.
•We succeed by delivering market-leading services daily and offering innovative client solutions through a nimble operating platform.
•We drive our productivity to fuel reinvestment and growth in Advantage Solutions.
•Simply put, we seek to operate better, cost-effectively, and faster, keeping commerce and life moving for clients and consumers.
Our Solutions
Our interconnected solutions for consumer-packaged goods brands and retailers are provided across three segments - Branded Services, Experiential Services and Retailer Services.
Branded Services
We serve as the strategic extension of consumer-packaged goods brands by offering services that include selling to retailers, retail merchandising and omni-channel marketing. We typically generate revenues on a commission, fee-for-service or cost-plus basis.
Our primary branded services include:
Brokerage Services (Headquarter Sales)
Our brokerage service offerings focus on providing solutions for branded consumer goods manufacturers and retailers. We represent our clients and facilitate relationships with retailers across a range of matters, including business development and sales planning that drives awareness and gets brands onto physical and digital shelves for consumers.
We create customized, data-driven business plans for clients and present business cases that aim to increase product distribution and optimize shelf placement, pricing and promotion of their products within our extensive network of industry contacts spanning retailer buying organizations and senior executive ranks. Our services are enhanced by our comprehensive understanding of both the manufacturers’ and retailers’ strategic priorities and proactive approach to identifying business-building opportunities. Our scale allows us to offer these services locally, regionally or nationally for a client’s designated product, brand, or entire portfolio.
To support our sales efforts, we have a dedicated team of analytics professionals who provide category and space management services. These experts analyze consumer purchase and retailer data to identify retail opportunities that increase sales of our client's products and categories.
We utilize analytical tools that aggregate data to inform sales strategies to expand product distribution and optimize other factors such as assortment, planograms, pricing and trade promotions. Additionally, we employ post-promotion analytical tools, working closely with clients and retailers to make the necessary adjustments that align with sales and profit objectives at the product and category level.
Furthermore, we offer advanced analytical services for clients, including retailer point-of-sale and primary market and shopper research.
Branded Merchandising
We deploy teams in retail locations that draw on our comprehensive insights to support consumer packaged goods companies' in-store sales strategies. Our teammates conduct regular and ad hoc store visits to manage product availability and positioning, implement promotions, install point-of-purchase displays, and perform other value-added merchandising services down to the aisle, shelf, and SKU.
We offer our clients a wide array of flexible service models for our retail services coverage. In our dedicated coverage model, our teammates perform services exclusively for a particular client and have intimate knowledge of its categories and products. Our syndicated coverage model utilizes shared teams in particular channels to perform services for multiple clients while in a store. We also offer hybrid coverage models whereby clients can choose to have dedicated teams covering designated channels or retailers and syndicated coverage for other channels.
Our branded merchandising services leverage internally sourced or third-party technologies for daily point-of-sale store data, supply chain data and advanced algorithms to target and correct potential store-level merchandising issues in real-time, such as stock-keeping units that are void, out of stock or past expiration. We use this information to improve the routing of our retail teams to address client’s needs and mitigate risk. We also prioritize our teammates’ work to address the highest-value opportunities while conducting a store visit.
We also offer supply chain and logistics services that deliver a more efficient and seamless flow of products from the warehouse to the consumer. We navigate retail distribution complexities and enhance consumer experiences with timely delivery and customer satisfaction. We help clients reach their target audiences by leveraging technology to optimize logistics, procurement and supply chain management.
We regularly seek opportunities to enhance our suite of technologies through internal development and strategic partnerships. For example, we recently implemented routing software that can efficiently and effectively guide our teammates from location to location, considering store volume, sales velocity, location and in-store conditions.
Additionally, our teammates utilize merchandising applications and scanners in-store to efficiently and effectively execute various activities such as distribution tasks, validating promotional compliance or answering survey questions.
Omni-commerce Marketing Services
We create distinct, shopper-centric brand experiences that seek to stand out physically and digitally across multiple consumer touchpoints, including digital shelf, Amazon, in-store, promotions, social/influencer, media, custom content and beyond. We immerse ourselves in each brand, leveraging consumer insights and retail intelligence to craft memorable campaigns that help brands break through and grow. Consumer packaged goods companies also hire us for national consumer promotions designed to broadly stimulate demand and awareness of their products.
Experiential Services
We help brands break through, build loyalty, and drive sales with omni-channel sampling experiences in-store and online. We are a global leader in sampling and demonstration services, which we believe enhance the shopper experience and accelerate buy rates across channels and touchpoints, driving trial, sales lift, and brand loyalty. We manage highly customized, large-scale sampling programs for leading brands and retailers. Revenues are primarily recognized as fee-for-service and cost-plus fees for providing in-store, digital sampling, and demonstrations.
We cultivate community, loyalty, and results-driven relationships through world-class brand events. We design, orchestrate, and execute brand and premium events connecting consumers with brands, retailers, and products, leveraging our expertise in consumer insights and experiential marketing.
Retailer Services
We provide retailers end-to-end solutions, including private brand strategy, merchandising, retail media and aisle/shelf optimization.
Retailer Services segment revenues are primarily recognized in commissions, fee-for-service, and cost-plus fees for providing consulting services related to private brand development, the execution of merchandising strategies and marketing strategies within retailer locations, including retail media networks and analyzing shopper behavior.
Our primary retailer services include:
Retailer Merchandising
We serve select retailers as their exclusive providers and other retailers as authorized providers of in-store merchandising or reset services. For some of our retailer clients, we perform other in-store services, such as compliance audits, data collection, in-store product assembly and certain advisory services, such as analytics and planogram services to increase sales and optimize inventory and space management. These services allow the retailer’s personnel to focus on interacting with and servicing its shoppers.
We equip retailers with experienced trade professionals, movers and lifters to build out and bring the physical shopping experience to life.
Advisory Services
We expand our clients’ businesses globally with our leading private brand agency, Daymon. We have the expertise to drive loyalty, differentiation, and sales by combining strong relationships through decades of partnerships with manufacturers and retailers. We help maximize the market potential of private brand portfolios by providing comprehensive strategy, development and management services to retailers and private brand manufacturers.
By leveraging our analytical capabilities and expertise, we develop strategies and provide insights that help retailers establish and grow productive and profitable private brand programs across new and existing product categories. This process often begins with a thorough marketplace analysis to develop a private brand portfolio strategy that aligns with a client’s priorities. We help identify the most compelling product categories to target and specific products to develop. We also provide packaging and design services to bring our retailer clients’ brands to life through strong brand identities. Our retailer clients are supported by analytical teams and teammates who execute strategies through assortment planning, product sourcing and marketing and ongoing program management.
Agency Services
We manage a wide variety of media, merchandising and display platforms for retailers, including multi-manufacturer print and digital circular programs. We offer targeted media and advertising solutions powered by our proprietary data or through third-party partnerships that deliver to curated, custom audiences. Our cross-screen advertising capabilities enable advertisers to target and engage with custom audience segments across devices via rich media, display, email and value exchange ads.
Government Regulation
In connection with the services we provide, we must comply with various laws and regulations from federal, state, local and foreign regulatory agencies. We believe that we are in material compliance with regulatory requirements applicable to our business. These regulatory requirements include, without limitation:
•federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations involving minimum wage, overtime, exempt or non-exempt status, health care, sick leave, lunch and rest breaks and other similar wage, benefits and hour requirements and other similar laws;
•Title VII of the Civil Rights Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act and regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and the equivalent state agencies and other similar laws;
•food safety matters (e.g., federal, state and local certification and training and inspection and enforcement of standards for our teammates, facilities, equipment and the products we promote), alcohol beverage regulations, food and permitting matters (e.g., licensing under the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act and regulations from the U.S. Department of Agriculture), custom and import matters with respect to products imported to and exported across international borders;
•federal and foreign laws and regulations regarding tariffs, taxes, embargoes, retaliations and other governmental responses;
•the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the UK Bribery Act and other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations that generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business; and
•federal, state and foreign anti-corruption, data protection, privacy, consumer protection, content regulation and other laws and regulations, including without limitation, GDPR and the CCPA.
Human Capital Management
Our people, who we refer to as our teammates, represent one of the most important assets to our business. As of December 31, 2024, we employed approximately 69,000 teammates. Approximately 17,000 are full-time and approximately 52,000 are part-time. Approximately 52,000 of our teammates are in the United States. As of December 31, 2024, none of our teammates in the United States were represented by a trade union or were the subject of a collective bargaining agreement.
We are committed to promoting a performance culture with a high degree of teammate engagement and an environment where everyone feels welcomed and included. Our talent and leadership development programs are intended to foster our teammates’’ ambitions, help develop their careers and support their changing needs and the needs of the business. We believe that our teammates’ contributions and active engagement with their fellow teammates are important to the strength of our operational and financial performance. Furthermore, as our company transforms within an evolving industry, we are focused at all levels on improving turnover, retention, development, and the overall teammate experience.
We historically experience meaningful turnover among our entry-level part-time teammates each year We experience less turnover among our mid-level and senior-level teammates. Given the nature of our services, our recruiting and retention practices are important to meeting the needs and expectations of our clients and customers. As such, we set clear objectives with our teammates, analyze performance and reward and recognize teammates who outperform. At the same time, we remain committed to providing
opportunities for our teammates to grow and develop their careers with us and encourage internal movement including promotions to leadership roles within our business units for high-performing or motivated teammates. No matter their career goals, we are committed to developing, rewarding and retaining high-performing teammates as we transform our business in response to the ever-changing needs of our clients and industry.
We strive to cultivate respect, trust and transparency, and we embrace a diversity of thought and of people. We are committed to creating a workplace where our teammates are seen, heard, respected, protected, valued, feel a sense of belonging and have an opportunity to pursue their career goals and dreams. We believe diversity, equity and inclusion are important components of our commitment to putting people first and our long-term operational and financial success. We believe that a diverse workforce that is reflective of our diverse customer base will position us to better understand customers’ wants and needs, which we believe drives our ability to deliver superior customer value and successfully innovate. Diverse perspectives amongst our teammates allow them to evaluate issues through different experiences and perspectives and help guide us in a thoughtful way. Our diversity, equity and inclusion efforts include enterprise-wide training, a diversity equity and inclusion board, and eight distinct resource groups, and we encourage a culture of inclusivity.
Intellectual Property
We own or have the rights to use certain trade names and trademarks that are registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or other foreign trademark registration offices or exist under common law in the United States and other jurisdictions. Trade names that are important in identifying and distinguishing our business include, but are not limited to, Advantage Solutions, Advantage Sales, Daymon, SAS and, Club Demonstration Services. Our rights to some of these trade names and trademarks may be limited to select markets. We also own domain names, including advantagesolutions.net and youradv.com.
We rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, and proprietary systems and information, to maintain and develop our technology-enabled services. We try to protect trade secrets and know-how by taking reasonable steps to keep them confidential, including entering into nondisclosure and confidentiality agreements with our teammates and contractors that contain confidentiality obligations and entering into invention assignment commitments that obligate teammates and contractors to assign to us any inventions developed in the course of their work for us.
Available Information
We maintain a link to investor relations information on our website, https://youradv.com, where we make available, free of charge, SEC filings, including our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. All SEC filings are also available at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. our website and the information contained on or connected to our website are not incorporated by reference herein, and our web address is included as an inactive textual reference only.

---

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Investing in our securities involves risks. Before you make a decision regarding our securities, in addition to the risks and uncertainties discussed above under “Forward-Looking Statements,” you should carefully consider the specific risks set forth herein. If any of these risks actually occur, it may materially harm our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. As a result, the market price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Additionally, the risks and uncertainties described in this Annual Report are not the only risks and uncertainties that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial may become material and adversely affect our business. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes to the financial statements included herein.
Summary of Principal Risks Associated with Our Business
Set forth below is a summary of some of the principal risks we face:
•market-driven wage changes or changes to labor laws or wage or job classification regulations, including minimum wage;
•our ability to hire, timely train and retain talented individuals for our workforce, and to maintain our corporate culture as we grow;
•the effects of future pandemics and the measures taken to mitigate their spread including their adverse effects on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity;
•developments with respect to retailers that are out of our control;
•our ability to continue to generate significant operating cash flow;
•consolidation within the industry of our clients creating pressure on the nature and pricing of our services;
•consumer goods manufacturers and retailers reviewing and changing their sales, retail, marketing and technology programs and relationships;
•our ability to successfully develop and maintain relevant omni-channel services for our clients in an evolving industry and to otherwise adapt to significant technological change;
•interruption of supply chains and tariffs, retaliations or other governmental restrictions;
•client procurement strategies putting additional operational and financial pressure on our services;
•our ability to avoid or manage business conflicts among competing brands;
•limitations, restrictions and business decisions involving our joint ventures and minority investments;
•our ability to identify attractive acquisition targets, acquire them at attractive prices and successfully integrate the acquired businesses;
•difficulties in integrating acquired businesses;
•complications with the implementation of our new enterprise resource planning system;
•changes in applicable laws or regulations;
•the possibility that we may be adversely affected by other political, economic, business and/or competitive factors;
•failure to meet environmental, social and governance expectations or standards could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or stock price;
•our ability to respond to changes in digital practices and policies;
•exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and risks related to our international operations;
•our substantial indebtedness and our ability to refinance at favorable rates;
•our ability to maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting in the future; and
•the ability to maintain applicable listing standards.
Risks Related to the Company’s Business and Industry
Market-driven wage increases and changes to wage or job classification regulations, including minimum wages could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Market competition has caused and may continue to cause us to increase the salaries or wages paid to our teammates or the benefits packages that they receive. If we experience further market-driven increases in salaries, wage rates or benefits packages or if we fail to increase our offered salaries, wages or benefits packages competitively, the quality of our workforce could decline, causing our standards of client service to suffer. Low unemployment rates or lower levels of labor force participation rates may increase the likelihood or impact of such market pressures. Any of these changes affecting wages or benefits for our teammates could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Changes in labor laws related to employee hours, wages, job classification and benefits, including health care benefits, could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. As of December 31, 2024, we employed approximately 69,000 teammates, many of whom are paid above, but near, applicable minimum wages, and their wages may be affected by changes in minimum wage laws.
Additionally, many of our salaried teammates are paid at rates that could be impacted by changes to minimum pay levels for exempt roles. Certain state or municipal jurisdictions in which we operate have recently increased their minimum wage by a significant amount, and other jurisdictions are considering or plan to implement similar actions, which may increase our labor costs.
Any increases at the federal, state or municipal level to the minimum pay rate required to remain exempt from overtime pay may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
An inability to hire, timely train and retain talented individuals for our workforce could adversely impact our ability to operate our business.
Our ability to meet our workforce needs, while controlling teammate-related costs, including salaries, wages and benefits, is subject to numerous external factors, including the availability of talented persons in the workforce in the local markets in which we operate, prevailing unemployment rates and competitive wage rates in such markets. We may find that there is an insufficient number of qualified individuals to fill our positions with the qualifications we seek. Competition in these communities for qualified staff could require us to pay higher wages and provide greater benefits, especially if there is significant improvement in regional or national economic conditions. We must also train and, in some circumstances, certify these teammates under our policies and practices and any applicable legal requirements. If we are unable to hire, timely train or retain talented individuals we may face higher turnover and increased labor costs, which could compromise the quality of our service, and could adversely affect our business.
Future pandemics may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
The COVID-19 pandemic, including the measures taken to mitigate its spread, had adverse effects on our business and operations. A future pandemic or health epidemic, could adversely impact our business and results of operations in a number of ways. For example, the COVID-19 pandemic and measures taken to mitigate the spread of COVID-19, including restrictions on large gatherings, “shelter in place” health orders and travel restrictions, had far-reaching direct and indirect impacts on many aspects of our operations, including temporary termination of certain in-store demonstration services and other services, as well as on consumer behavior and purchasing patterns. In particular, our Experiential Services segment experienced a significant decline in revenues, primarily due to the temporary suspension or reduction of certain in-store demonstration services and decreased demand in our digital marketing services, both of which we believe were caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and the various governmental and private responses to the pandemic. In our sales segment, we experienced significant shifts in consumer spending preferences and habits.
We cannot predict the full extent to which a future pandemic or health epidemic, may have similar or other adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity, and the degree to which it may impact other risk factors described in this Annual Report.
Our business and results of operations are affected by developments with and policies of retailers that are out of our control.
A limited number of national retailers account for a large percentage of sales for our consumer goods manufacturer clients. We expect that a significant portion of these clients’ sales will continue to be made through a relatively small number of retailers and that this percentage is anticipated to increase if the growth of these large retailers continues. As a result, changes in the strategies of large retailers, including a reduction in the number of brands that these retailers carry or an increase in shelf space that they dedicate to private label products, could materially reduce the value of our services to these clients or these clients’ use of our services and, in turn, our revenues and profitability. Many retailers have critically analyzed the number and variety of brands they sell, and have reduced or discontinued the sale of certain of our clients’ product lines at their stores, and more retailers may continue to do so. If this continues to occur and these clients are unable to improve distribution for their products at other retailers, our business or results of operations could be adversely affected.
Additionally, many retailers, including several of the largest retailers in North America, which own and operate a significant number of the locations at which we provide our services, have implemented or may implement in the future, policies that designate certain service providers to be the exclusive provider or one of their preferred providers for specified services, including many of the services that we provide to such retailers or our clients.
Some of these designations apply across all of such retailers’ stores, while other designations are limited to specific regions. If we are unable to respond effectively to the expectations and demands of such retailers or if retailers do not designate us as their exclusive provider or one of their preferred providers for any reason, they could reduce or restrict the services that we are permitted to perform for our clients at their facilities or require our clients to purchase services from other designated services providers, which include our competitors, either of which could adversely affect our business or results of operations.
Consolidation in the industries we serve could put pressure on the pricing of our services, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Consolidation in the consumer goods and retail industries we serve could reduce aggregate demand for our services in the future and could adversely affect our business or our results of operations. When companies consolidate, the services they previously
purchased separately are often purchased by the combined entity, leading to the termination of relationships with certain service providers or demands for reduced fees and commissions. The combined company may also choose to insource certain functions that were historically outsourced, resulting in the termination of existing relationships with third-party service providers. While we attempt to mitigate the impact of any consolidation by maintaining existing or winning new service arrangements with the combined companies, there can be no assurance as to the degree to which we will be able to do so as consolidation continues in the industries we serve, and our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.
Consumer goods manufacturers and retailers may periodically review and change their sales, retail, marketing and technology programs and relationships to our detriment.
The consumer goods manufacturers and retailers to whom we provide our business solutions operate in highly competitive and rapidly changing environments. From time to time these parties may put their sales, retail, marketing and technology programs and relationships up for competitive review. We have occasionally lost accounts with significant clients as a result of these reviews in the past, and our clients are typically able to reduce or cancel current or future spending on our services on short notice for any reason. We believe that key competitive considerations for retaining existing and winning new accounts include our ability to develop solutions that meet the needs of these manufacturers and retailers in this environment, the quality and effectiveness of our services and our ability to operate efficiently. To the extent that we are not able to develop these solutions, maintain the quality and effectiveness of our services or operate efficiently, we may not be able to retain key clients, and our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.
Our largest clients generate a significant portion of our revenues.
Our five largest clients generated approximately 21.8% of our revenues, none of which individually generated more than 10%, in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024. These clients are generally able to reduce or cancel spending on our services on short notice for any reason. A significant reduction in spending on our services by our largest clients, or the loss of one or more of our largest clients, if not replaced by new clients or an increase in business from existing clients, would adversely affect our business and results of operations. In addition, when large retailers suspend or reduce in-store demonstration services, such as in response to pandemic, our business and results of operations can be adversely affected.
The retail industry is evolving, and if we do not successfully develop and maintain relevant omni-channel services for our clients, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely impacted.
Historically, substantially all of our sales segment revenues were generated by sales and services that ultimately occurred in traditional retail stores. The retail industry is evolving, as demonstrated by the number of retailers that offer both traditional retail stores and e-commerce platforms or exclusively e-commerce platforms. Consumers are increasingly using electronic devices to comparison shop, determine product availability and complete purchases online, or arrange for store pickup or home delivery of products, trends that have accelerated as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and which may continue thereafter. If consumers continue to purchase more products online, further reduce their in-store visits or e-commerce continues to displace brick-and-mortar retail sales, there may be a decrease in the demand for certain of our services. Omni-channel retailing is rapidly evolving and we believe we will need to keep pace with the changing consumer expectations and new developments by our competitors.
While we continue to seek to develop effective omni-channel solutions for our clients that support both their e-commerce and traditional retail needs, there can be no assurances that these efforts will result in revenue gains sufficient to offset potential decreases associated with a decline in traditional retail sales or that we will be able to maintain our position as a leader in our industry. If we are unable to provide, improve or develop innovative digital services and solutions in a timely manner or at all, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely impacted.
Interruption of supply chains and tariffs, retaliations or other governmental restrictions could adversely affect our business and our profitability.
The demand for our services is dependent on the ability of retailers and consumer goods manufacturers to offer and deliver products directly or indirectly to consumers. We provide services involving a wide variety of brands that are sourced from domestic and international suppliers. Any material interruption in the supply chains serving consumer goods manufacturers, retailers or ourselves, whether due to interruptions in service by our third-party logistic service providers, trade restrictions (such as increased tariffs, taxes or quotas, embargoes, customs or other governmental restrictions), pandemics, social or labor unrest, labor shortages, natural disasters, or political disputes and military conflicts that cause a material disruption in supply chains or a significant increase in supply costs could adversely affect our business and our profitability.
We may be unable to adapt to significant technological change, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We operate businesses that require sophisticated data collection, processing and software for analysis and insights. Some of the technologies supporting the industries we serve are changing rapidly. We will be required to continue to adapt to changing technologies, either by developing and marketing new services or by enhancing our existing services, to meet client demand.
Moreover, the introduction of new services embodying new technologies, including automation of certain of our in-store services, and the emergence of new industry standards could render existing services obsolete. Our continued success will depend on our ability to adapt to changing technologies, manage and process increasing amounts of data and information and improve the performance, features and reliability of our existing services in response to changing client and industry demands. We may experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful design, development, testing, introduction or marketing of our services. New services or enhancements to existing services may not adequately meet the requirements of current and prospective clients or achieve market acceptance.
Our ability to maintain our competitive position depends on our ability to attract and retain talented executives.
We believe that our continued success depends to a significant extent upon the efforts, abilities and relationships of our senior executives and the strength of our middle management team. Although we have entered into employment agreements with certain of our senior executives, each of them may terminate their employment with us at any time. The replacement of any of our senior executives likely would involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives and could therefore have an adverse impact on our business. In addition, we do not carry any “key person” insurance policies that could offset potential loss of service under applicable circumstances. Furthermore, if we are unable to attract and retain a talented team of middle management executives, it may be difficult to maintain the expertise and industry relationships that our clients value, and they may terminate or reduce their relationship with us.
Client procurement practices could put additional operational and financial pressure on our services or negatively impact our relationships, business, financial condition or results of operations.
Many of our clients seek opportunities to reduce their costs through procurement practices that reduce fees paid to third-party service providers. As a result, certain of our clients have sought, and may continue to seek, more aggressive terms from us, including with respect to pricing and payment terms. Such activities put operational and financial pressure on our business, which could limit the amounts we earn or delay the timing of our cash receipts. Such activities may also cause disputes with our clients or negatively impact our relationships or financial results. Our clients have experienced, and may continue to experience, increases in their expenses associated with materials and logistics, which may cause them to reduce expenses elsewhere. While we attempt to mitigate negative implications to client relationships and the revenue impact of any pricing pressure by aligning our revenues opportunity with satisfactory client outcomes, there can be no assurance as to the degree to which we will be able to do so successfully. Additionally, price concessions can lead to margin compression, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
If we fail to offer high-quality customer service, our business and reputation may suffer.
High-quality education, training and customer service are important for successful marketing and sales and for the renewal of existing customers and for the pursuit of new customers. Providing this education, training and service requires that our personnel who manage our online training resource or provide customer service have specific inbound experience domain knowledge and expertise, making it more difficult for us to hire qualified personnel and to scale up our support operations. If we do not help our customers use multiple applications and provide effective ongoing service, our ability to sell additional functionality and services to, or to retain, existing customers may suffer and our reputation with existing or potential customers may be harmed.
We may be adversely affected if clients reduce their outsourcing of sales and marketing functions.
Our business and growth strategies depend in large part on companies continuing to elect to outsource sales and marketing functions. Our clients and potential clients will outsource if they perceive that outsourcing may provide quality services at a lower overall cost and permit them to focus on their core business activities and have done so in the past. We cannot be certain that the industry trend to outsource will continue or not be reversed or that clients that have historically outsourced functions will not decide to perform these functions themselves. Unfavorable developments with respect to outsourcing could adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.
Divestitures or other dispositions could negatively impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We continually assess the strategic fit of our existing businesses and may divest, spin-off, split-off or otherwise dispose of businesses that are deemed not to fit with our strategic plan or are not achieving the desired return on investment. Since January 2023, we have divested nine businesses, and also decreased our ownership interest in our European joint venture. Such transactions pose risks and challenges that could negatively impact our business and financial statements. For example, when we decide to sell or otherwise dispose of a business or assets, we may be unable to do so on satisfactory terms within our anticipated timeframe or at all, and even after reaching a definitive agreement to sell or dispose a business the sale is typically subject to satisfaction of pre-closing conditions which may not become satisfied. For example, during the second quarter of fiscal year 2024, we recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $99.7 million for the Branded Agencies reporting unit goodwill due to the pending sale of one of the businesses that comprised a substantial portion of the assets, liabilities and prospective cash flows of the Branded Agencies reporting unit. In addition, divestitures or other dispositions could decrease our Adjusted EBITDA or have other adverse financial, tax and accounting impacts and distract management, and disputes can arise with buyers. The resolution of any such disputes could adversely affect for our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Divestitures or other dispositions could have significant accounting and tax implications that could negatively impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.
If we approve plans to divest or dispose a business, accounting rules may require us to reclassify assets associated with such business unit, including the value of contracts, client relationships, goodwill, and other intangible assets, as assets held for sale. Assets held for sale are recorded at the lower of their carrying value or fair value, less estimated costs to sell, and any required impairment charge is recorded upon reclassification of the assets to held for sale. Allocating goodwill to assets held for sale requires us to make certain assumptions about a business, including the financial performance of such business unit against our company as a whole. There are inherent uncertainties related to these estimates and assumptions. If actual results differ from our estimates or assumptions, including our estimated costs to sell, additional charges may be required in the future. If future charges are significant, this could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We will assess each divestiture or other disposition from a tax perspective and such assessment will rely on certain facts, assumptions, representations and undertakings regarding the past and future conduct of our businesses and other matters. If any of these facts, assumptions, representations or undertakings are incorrect or not satisfied, we could be subject to significant tax liabilities that minimize the benefits of such divestiture or other disposition.
Our corporate culture is a significant factor to our long-term success and, if we are unable to promote the key aspects of our culture across our organization as we transform, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.
We believe our corporate culture is a significant factor to our long-term success. However, as our company transforms, including through acquisitions, divestitures and remote work, it may be difficult to promote our culture, which could reduce our ability to innovate and operate effectively. The failure to promote the key aspects of our culture as our organization transforms could result in decreased employee satisfaction, increased difficulty in attracting top talent, increased turnover and compromised quality of our client service, all of which are important to our success and to the effective execution of our business strategy. If we are unable to promote our corporate culture as we transform and execute our growth strategies, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.
Acquiring new clients and retaining existing clients depends on our ability to avoid or manage business conflicts among competing brands.
Our ability to acquire new clients and to retain existing clients, whether by expansion of our own operations or through an acquired business may in some cases be limited by the other parties’ perceptions of, or policies concerning, perceived competitive conflicts arising from our other relationships. Some of our contracts expressly restrict our ability to represent competitors of the counterparty. These perceived competitive conflicts may also become more challenging to avoid or manage as a result of continued consolidation in the consumer goods and retail industries and our own acquisitions. If we are unable to avoid or manage business conflicts among competing manufacturers and retailers, we may be unable to acquire new clients or be forced to terminate existing client relationships, and in either case, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Limitations, restrictions and business decisions involving our joint ventures and minority investments may adversely affect our growth and results of operations.
We have made substantial investments in joint ventures and minority investments and may use these and other similar methods to expand our service offerings and geographical coverage in the future. These arrangements typically involve other business services companies as partners that may be competitors of ours in certain markets. Joint venture agreements may place limitations or restrictions on our services. For example, as part of our joint venture with, and investments in Smollan, we were restricted under
certain circumstances from making direct acquisitions and otherwise expanding many of our service offerings into markets outside of North America. The limitations and restrictions tied to our joint venture and minority investments limit our potential business opportunities and reduce the economic opportunity for certain prospective international investments and operations.
Additionally, we may rely upon our equity partners or local management for operational and compliance matters associated with our joint ventures or minority investments. Moreover, our other equity partners and minority investments may have business interests, strategies or goals that are inconsistent with ours. Business decisions, including actions or omissions, of a joint venture or other equity partner or management for a business unit may adversely affect the value of our investment, result in litigation or regulatory action against us or adversely affect our growth and results of operations.
Our international operations and investments expose us to risks that could impede growth in the future, and our attempts to grow our business internationally may not be successful.
We continue to explore opportunities in major international markets. International operations expose us to various additional risks that could adversely affect our business, including:
•costs of customizing services for clients outside of the United States;
•the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws;
•potential difficulty in enforcing contracts;
•being subject to U.S. laws and regulations governing international operations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and sanctions regimes;
•being subject to foreign anti-bribery laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate, such as the UK Bribery Act;
•reduced protection for intellectual property rights;
•increased financial accounting and reporting complexity;
•additional legal compliance requirements, including custom and import requirements with respect to products imported to and exported across international borders;
•exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;
•exposure to local economic conditions;
•limitations on the repatriation of funds or profits from foreign operations;
•exposure to local political conditions, including adverse tax policies, civil unrest and war; and
•the risks of a natural disaster, public health crisis (including the occurrence of a contagious disease or illness, such as the coronavirus), an outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities and acts of terrorism in the jurisdictions in which we operate.
Additionally, in many countries outside of the United States, there has not been a historical practice of using third parties to provide sales and marketing services. Accordingly, while it is part of our strategy to expand certain services into international markets, it may be difficult for us to grow our international business units on a timely basis, or at all.
If we are unable to identify attractive acquisition targets, acquire them at attractive prices or successfully integrate the acquired businesses, we may be unsuccessful in growing our business.
There can be no assurance that we will find attractive acquisition targets, that we will acquire them at attractive prices, that we will succeed at effectively managing the integration of acquired businesses into our existing operations or that such acquired businesses or technologies will be well received by our clients, potential clients or our investors. We could also encounter higher-than-expected earnout payments, unforeseen transaction- and integration-related costs or delays or other circumstances such as disputes with or the loss of key or other personnel from acquired businesses, challenges or delays in integrating systems or technology of acquired businesses, a deterioration in our relationship with our teammates and clients, harm to our reputation with clients, interruptions in our business activities or unforeseen or higher-than-expected inherited liabilities. Many of these potential circumstances are outside of our control and any of them could result in increased costs, decreased revenue, decreased synergies or the diversion of management time and attention.
We may choose to pay cash, incur debt or issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed obligations and could also include covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations. The sale of equity to finance any such acquisition could result in dilution to our stockholders.
We may encounter significant difficulties integrating acquired businesses.
The integration of any businesses is a complex, costly and time-consuming process. The failure to meet the challenges involved in integrating businesses and to realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition could cause an interruption of, or a loss of momentum in, the activities of our combined business and could adversely affect our results of operations. The difficulties of combining acquired businesses with our own include, among others:
•the diversion of management attention to integration matters;
•difficulties in integrating functional roles, processes and systems, including accounting systems;
•challenges in conforming standards, controls, procedures and accounting and other policies, business cultures and compensation structures between the two companies;
•difficulties in assimilating, attracting and retaining key personnel;
•challenges in keeping existing clients and obtaining new clients;
•difficulties in achieving anticipated cost savings, synergies, business opportunities and growth prospects from an acquisition;
•difficulties in managing the expanded operations of a significantly larger and more complex business;
•contingent liabilities, including contingent tax liabilities or litigation, that may be larger than expected; and
•potential unknown liabilities, adverse consequences or unforeseen increased expenses associated with an acquisition, including possible adverse tax consequences to the combined business pursuant to changes in applicable tax laws or regulations.
Many of these factors are outside of our control, and any one of them could result in increased costs, decreased expected revenues and diversion of management time and energy, all of which could adversely impact our business and results of operations.
If we are not able to successfully integrate an acquisition, if we incur significantly greater costs to achieve the expected synergies than we anticipate or if activities related to the expected synergies have unintended consequences, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.
Complications with the implementation of our new enterprise resource planning system could adversely impact our business and operations.
We rely extensively on information systems and technology to manage our business and summarize operating results. We are in the process of implementing a new enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system to replace our existing operating and financial systems. The ERP system implementation process has required, and will continue to require, the investment of significant personnel and financial resources. We may not be able to successfully implement the ERP system without experiencing delays, increased costs and other difficulties. If we are unable to successfully implement the new ERP system as planned, our financial positions, results of operations and cash flows could be negatively impacted. Additionally, if we do not effectively implement the ERP system as planned or the ERP system does not operate as intended, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting could be adversely affected or our ability to assess those controls adequately could be further delayed.
We may be subject to unionization, work stoppages, slowdowns or increased labor costs.
Currently, none of our teammates in the United States are represented by a union. However, our teammates have the right under the National Labor Relations Act to choose union representation. If all or a significant number of our teammates become unionized and the terms of any collective bargaining agreement were significantly different from our current compensation arrangements, it could increase our costs and adversely impact our profitability. Moreover, if a significant number of our teammates participate in labor unions, it could put us at increased risk of labor strikes and disruption of our operations or adversely affect our growth and results of operations. In December 2019, a union which commonly represents employees in the supermarket industry filed a petition with the National Labor Relations Board to represent approximately 120 of our teammates who worked in and around Boston. An election was held, and based on certified results of the election we prevailed in this election. Notwithstanding this successful election, we could
face future union organization efforts or elections, which could lead to additional costs, distract management or otherwise harm our business.
If goodwill or other intangible assets in connection with our acquisitions become impaired, we could take significant charges against earnings.
We have made acquisitions to complement and expand the services we offer and intend to continue to do so when attractive acquisition opportunities exist in the market. As a result of prior acquisitions, including the acquisition of our business in 2014 by our current majority stockholder, Karman Topco L.P. (“Topco”), we have goodwill and intangible assets recorded on our balance sheet of $0.5 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2024, as further described in Note 3-Goodwill and Intangible Assets to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024.
Under accounting guidelines, we must assess, at least annually, whether the value of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets has been impaired. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2024, we recognized goodwill impairment charges of $233.2 million due to the pending sale of one of the businesses that comprised a substantial portion of the Branded Agencies reporting unit and a loss of clients and a reduction in the scope of client services as our clients in the Branded Services reporting unit implemented internal cost reduction initiatives. Refer to Note 3-Goodwill and Intangible Assets to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024. During the fourth quarter of December 31, 2024, we recognized an intangible asset impairment charge of $42.0 million as a result of the triggering event for the Branded Services reporting unit.
Moreover, during the year ended December 31, 2023, we recognized an intangible asset impairment charge of $43.5 million related to our indefinite-lived trade name, in connection with our deconsolidation of the European joint venture and planned disposition of the foodservice businesses.
During the year ended December 31, 2022, and in connection with our annual impairment assessment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, we also recognized goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges of $1,367.5 million and $205.0 million, respectively, in our reporting units and indefinite-lived trade names. While there was no single determinative event or factor, the consideration of the weight of evidence of several factors included: (a) sustained decline in our share price; (b) challenges in the labor market and continued inflationary pressures; and (c) an increase to the discount rate as a result of the recent increases in the interest rates which adversely affected the results of the quantitative impairment tests.
We can make no assurances that we will not record any additional impairment charges in the future. Any future reduction or impairment of the value of goodwill or other intangible assets will similarly result in charges against earnings, which could adversely affect our reported financial results in future periods.
Failures in, data breaches of, or incidents involving, our technology infrastructure could damage our business, reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.
Our business is highly dependent on our ability to manage operations and process a large number of transactions on a daily basis. We rely heavily on our operating, payroll, financial, accounting and other data processing systems which require substantial support and maintenance, and may be subject to disabilities, errors or other harms. If our data and network infrastructure were to fail, or if we were to suffer a data security breach, or an interruption or degradation of services in our data center, third-party cloud, and other infrastructure environments, we could lose important data, which could harm our business and reputation, and cause us to incur significant liabilities. Our facilities, as well as the facilities of third-parties that provide services, maintain, or otherwise have access to our data or network infrastructure, are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, cybersecurity attacks, terrorist attacks, power losses, telecommunications failures and similar events. In the event that our or any third-party provider’s systems or service abilities are hindered by any of the events discussed above, our ability to operate may be impaired. Our information technology systems, and the information technology systems of our current or future third-party vendors, collaborators, consultants and service providers, could be penetrated by internal or external parties intent on extracting information, corrupting information, stealing intellectual property or trade secrets, or disrupting business processes. A third party’s decision to close facilities or terminate services without adequate notice, or other unanticipated problems, could adversely impact our operations. Any of the aforementioned risks may be augmented if our or any third-party provider’s business continuity and disaster recovery plans prove to be inadequate in preventing the loss of data, service interruptions, disruptions to our operations or damages to important systems or facilities. Our data center, third-party cloud, and managed service provider infrastructure also could be subject to break-ins, cyber-attacks (including through the use of malware, software bugs, computer viruses, ransomware, social engineering, and denial of service), sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and other misconduct, from a spectrum of actors ranging in sophistication from threats common to most industries to more advanced and persistent, highly organized adversaries. Any security breach or incident, including personal data breaches, that we experience could result in unauthorized access to, or misuse, modification, destruction or unauthorized acquisition of, our internal sensitive corporate data, such as personal data, financial data, trade secrets, intellectual
property or other competitively sensitive or confidential data. Such unauthorized access, misuse, acquisition or modification of sensitive data may result in data loss, corruption or alteration, interruptions in our operations or damage to our computer hardware or systems or those of our employees or customers. Our systems have been the target of cyber-attacks. Although we have taken and continue to take steps to enhance our cybersecurity posture, we cannot assure that future cyber incidents will not occur or that our systems will not be targeted or breached in the future. Any such breach or unauthorized access could result in a disruption of the Company’s operations, the theft, unauthorized use or publication of the Company’s intellectual property, other proprietary information or the personal information of customers, employees, licensees or suppliers, a reduction of the revenues the Company is able to generate from its operations, damage to the Company’s brand and reputation, a loss of confidence in the security of the Company’s business and products, and significant legal and financial exposure. If any such incident results in litigation, we may be required to make significant expenditures in the course of such litigation and may be required to pay significant amounts in damages. We may not carry sufficient business interruption insurance to compensate us for losses that may occur as a result of any events that cause interruptions in our service. There can be no assurance that our cybersecurity risk management program and processes, including our policies, controls or procedures, will be fully implemented, complied with or effective in protecting our systems and information. Significant unavailability of our services due to attacks could cause us to incur significant liability, could cause users to cease using our services and materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
We use complex software in our technology infrastructure, which we seek to continually update and improve. Replacing such software and infrastructure is often time-consuming and expensive and can also be intrusive to daily business operations. Further, we may not always be successful in executing these upgrades and improvements, which may result in a failure of our systems. We may experience periodic system interruptions from time to time. Any slowdown or failure of our underlying technology infrastructure could harm our business and reputation, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations. Our disaster recovery plan or those of our third-party providers may be inadequate, and our business interruption insurance may not be sufficient to compensate us for the losses that could occur.
Failure to comply with federal, state, and foreign laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, and consumer protection, or the expansion of current or the enactment of new laws or regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection, could adversely affect our business and our financial condition.
A variety of federal, state, and foreign laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing, and security of personal information. The information, security, and privacy requirements imposed by such governmental laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, and consumer protection are increasingly demanding, quickly evolving, and may be subject to differing interpretations. These requirements may not be harmonized, may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another, or may conflict with other rules or our practices. As a result, our practices may not have complied or may not comply in the future with all such laws, regulations, requirements, and obligations. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in fines, investigations, enforcement actions, penalties, sanctions, claims for damages by affected individuals, and damage to our reputation, among other negative consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on its financial performance.
We are subject to the California Consumer Protection Act of 2018, which became effective in 2020, as well as its amendment, the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020 (the “CPRA”) and accompanying regulations, the California Consumer Privacy Act Regulations (collectively, the “CCPA”). The CCPA regulates the collection, use, and processing of personal information relating to California residents, which includes our teammates. It grants certain privacy rights to California residents, including the right to access, correct, and delete personal information relating to such individuals under certain circumstances. Compliance with the new obligations imposed by the CCPA depends in part on how its requirements are interpreted and applied by the California attorney general, courts, and the new California Privacy Protection Agency. Alleged violations of the CCPA may result in substantial civil penalties or statutory damages when applied at scale, of approximately $3,000 per violation or approximately $8,000 per intentional violation of any CCPA requirement, which may be applied on a per-person or per-record basis. The CCPA also establishes a private right of action if certain personal information of individuals is subject to an unauthorized access and exfiltration, theft, or disclosure as a result of a business’s violation of the duty to implement and maintain reasonable security procedures and practices, which authorizes statutory damages of approximately $100 to $800 per person per incident even if there is no actual harm or damage to plaintiffs. This private right of action may increase the likelihood of, and risks associated with, data breach litigation. Further, the CPRA includes additional and strengthened privacy rights for California residents, new requirements regarding sensitive data and data sharing for digital advertising, and tripled damages for violations involving children’s data.
The selling and sharing of personal information by businesses for digital advertising and marketing purposes remains a priority of regulators, including the Federal Trade Commission and California Attorney General. In August 2022, the California Attorney General announced its first enforcement action under the CCPA against a retailer that to pay penalties and comply with injunctive terms, including overhauling its online disclosures and opt-out rights and providing regular reports to the California Attorney General
regarding its data sharing practices. Additionally, demand letters related to the deployment of cookies and related technologies on organizations’ websites has garnered the attention of regulators and plaintiffs’ attorneys, and likely will continue to do so.
By the end of 2025, laws similar to CCPA are expected to be in effect in at least 18 states, and this number may increase. Like the CCPA, these laws regulate the collection, use and processing of personal information relating to residents of the respective states, and grants certain privacy rights to those residents, some of which may include individuals as with the CCPA.
We are also subject to international privacy laws and regulations, many of which, such as the General Data Privacy Regulation (“GDPR”) and national laws implementing or supplementing the GDPR, such as the United Kingdom Data Protection Law 2018 (which retains key features of GDPR post-Brexit), are significantly more stringent than those currently enforced in the United States. The GDPR requires companies to meet requirements regarding the handling of personal data of individuals located in the European Economic Area (the “EEA”). The GDPR imposes mandatory data breach notification requirements subject to a 72-hour notification deadline. The GDPR also includes significant penalties for noncompliance, which may result in monetary penalties of up to the higher of €20.0 million or 4% of a group’s worldwide turnover for the preceding financial year for the most serious violations. The GDPR and other similar legal constructs require companies to give specific types of notice, and informed consent is required for the placement of a cookie or similar technologies on a user’s device for online tracking for behavioral advertising and other forms of direct electronic marketing. The GDPR also imposes additional conditions in order to satisfy such consent, such as a prohibition on pre-checked tick boxes and bundled consents. Enforcement of the GDPR and related regulations varies by each EU Member State and is ongoing. Further laws and regulations on these topics are forthcoming, including the Regulation on Privacy and Electronic Communications (“ePrivacy Regulation”), Digital Services Act, and Digital Markets Act. The GDPR may increase our responsibility and liability in relation to personal data that we process where that processing is subject to the GDPR. In addition, we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms to ensure compliance with the GDPR, including GDPR requirements as implemented by individual countries. Compliance with the GDPR will be a rigorous and time-intensive process that may increase our cost of doing business or require us to change our business practices in certain jurisdictions.
In addition, under GDPR, transfers of personal data are prohibited to countries outside of the EEA that have not been determined by the European Commission to provide adequate protections for personal data, including the United States. There are mechanisms to permit the transfer of personal data from the EEA to the United States, but there is also uncertainty as to the future of such mechanisms, which have been under consistent scrutiny and challenge. In July 2020, a decision of the Court of Justice of the European Union invalidated the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework, a means that previously permitted transfers of personal data from the EEA to companies in the United States that certified adherence to the Privacy Shield Framework. In July 2023, the European Union and the United States agreed to replace the Privacy Shield Framework by implementing the E.U.-U.S. Data Privacy Framework. Standard contractual clauses approved by the European Commission to permit transfers from the EU to third countries currently remain as a basis on which to transfer personal data from the EEA to other countries. However, the standard contractual clauses are also subject to legal challenge, and in November 2020, the European Commission published a draft of updated standard contractual clauses. In January 2022, for example, Austria’s data protection authority determined that the use of Google Analytics violated the GDPR and the Court of Justice of the European Union’s “Schrems II” decision on international data transfers. We presently rely on standard contractual clauses to transfer personal data from EEA member countries, and we may be impacted by changes in law as a result of future review or invalidation of, or changes to, this mechanism by European courts or regulators. While we will continue to undertake efforts to conform to current regulatory obligations and evolving best practices, we may be unsuccessful in conforming to permitted means of transferring personal data from the European Economic Area. We may also experience hesitancy, reluctance, or refusal by European or multi-national customers to continue to use some of our services due to the potential risk exposure of personal data transfers and the current data protection obligations imposed on them by certain data protection authorities. Such customers may also view any alternative approaches to the transfer of any personal data as being too costly, too burdensome, or otherwise objectionable, and therefore may decide not to do business with us if the transfer of personal data is a necessary requirement.
Data protection requirements in China continued to change in 2024, with the issuance of the highly anticipated final Regulations on Promoting and Regulating Cross-Border Data Flows on March 22, 2024, effective immediately. These regulations aim to ease compliance burdens and facilitate cross-border data flows, by introducing substantial changes to the current rules over filings and security assessments of cross-border data transfers, including exemptions from and higher thresholds for filing standard contracts for outbound cross-border data transfers, applying for personal information protection certifications and conducting the mandatory data security assessment. Additionally, in January 2025, the Cyberspace Administration of China (CAC) issued a draft document titled Measures for the Certification of Personal Information Protection for Cross-Border Data Transfers for public consultation. The draft measures, comprising 20 detailed articles, outline a comprehensive framework for certifying the security and compliance of personal data transfers. As such, it is prudent to expect additional changes to China’s legal and regulatory landscape in 2025.
Although we make reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable laws and regulations and have invested and continue to invest human and technology resources into data privacy compliance efforts, there can be no assurance that we will not be subject to
regulatory action, including fines, in the event of an incident or other claim. Data protection laws and requirements may also be enacted, interpreted or applied in a manner that creates inconsistent or contradictory requirements on companies that operate across jurisdictions. We, or our third-party service providers, could be adversely affected if legislation or regulations are expanded to require changes in our or our third-party service providers’ business practices or if governing jurisdictions interpret or implement their legislation or regulations in ways that negatively affect our or our third-party service providers’ business, results of operations, or financial condition. For example, we may find it necessary to establish alternative systems to maintain personal data in the EEA, which may involve substantial expense and may cause us to divert resources from other aspects of our business, all of which may adversely affect our results from operations. Further, any inability to adequately address privacy concerns in connection with our solutions, or comply with applicable privacy or data protection laws, regulations and policies, could result in additional cost and liability to us, and adversely affect our ability to offer our solutions. GDPR, CCPA, and other similar laws and regulations, as well as any associated inquiries or investigations or any other government actions, may be costly to comply with, result in negative publicity, increase our operating costs, require significant management time and attention, and subject us to remedies that may harm our business, including fines, or demands or orders that we modify or cease existing business practices. Our systems may not be able to satisfy these changing requirements and manufacturer, retailer, and teammate expectations, or may require significant additional investment or time in order to do so.
We expect that new industry standards, laws and regulations will continue to be proposed regarding privacy, data protection, and information security in many jurisdictions, including the European e-Privacy Regulation, which is currently in draft form, as well as at the U.S. federal and state levels. In addition, new data processes and datasets associated with emerging technologies are coming under increased regulatory scrutiny, such as biometrics, artificial intelligence, and automated decision-making. We cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. Complying with these evolving obligations is challenging, time consuming, and expensive, and federal regulators, state attorneys general, and plaintiff’s attorneys have been, and will likely continue to be, active in this space. Expanding definitions and interpretations of what constitutes “personal data” (or the equivalent) within the United States, the EEA, and elsewhere may increase our compliance costs and legal liability. For example, the Personal Information Protection Commission (PIPC - the Republic of Korea) and the California Privacy Protection Agency (“CPPA”) signed a declaration of cooperation on January 10, 2025, emphasizing their shared commitment to safeguarding the privacy and personal information of their citizens and consumers, while recognizing the need for enhanced cross-border collaboration. This is similar to a declaration between the CPPA and the Commission Nationale de l'Informatique et des Libertés (CNIL-France), signed in June 2024, and signals to us a more robust global privacy schema may be emerging.
Civil litigation, including class actions, remains another source of potential liability under privacy laws. For example, cases filed under Illinois’ Biometric Information Privacy Act have resulted in large settlement amounts and damages awards against other companies due to the presence of statutory damages under that law. As another example, website owners and operators saw a wave of putative class actions filed against them in 2022 under the California Invasion of Privacy Act and similar federal and state surveillance and wiretapping laws, with claims centering on websites’ deployment of session monitoring, keylogging, chatbots, and other tracking and monitoring technologies. The inconsistency among court rulings regarding these legal claims renders the likelihood and dollar amount of potential liability and/or settlement value difficult to accurately quantify.
A data breach or any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with any federal, state, or foreign privacy or consumer protection-related laws, regulations, or other principles or orders to which we may be subject, or other legal obligations relating to privacy or consumer protection could adversely affect our reputation, brand, and business, and may result in fines, enforcement actions, sanctions, claims (including claims for damages by affected individuals), investigations, proceedings, or actions against us by governmental entities or others, or other penalties or liabilities or require us to change our operations and/or cease using certain data sets, among other negative consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Moreover, the proliferation of supply chain-based cyber-attacks and vendor security incidents increases these potential risks and costs even in cases where the attack did not target us, occur on our systems, or result from any action or inaction by us. Depending on the nature of the information compromised, we may also have obligations to notify users, law enforcement, regulators, business partners or payment companies about the incident and provide some form of remedy, such as refunds or identity theft monitoring services, for the individuals affected by the incident.
Our business is seasonal in nature and quarterly operating results can fluctuate.
Our services are seasonal in nature, with the fourth fiscal quarter typically generating a higher proportion of our revenues than other fiscal quarters. Adverse events, such as deteriorating economic conditions, higher unemployment, higher gas prices, public transportation disruptions, public health crises, including, without limitation, pandemic, natural and man-made disasters, or unanticipated adverse weather, could result in lower-than-planned sales during key revenue-producing seasons. For example, frequent or unusually heavy snowfall, ice storms, rainstorms, windstorms or other extreme weather conditions over a prolonged period could make it difficult for consumers to travel to retail stores or foodservice locations. Such events could lead to lower revenues, negatively impacting our financial condition and results of operations.
Our business is competitive, and increased competition could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
The sales, marketing and merchandising services industry is competitive. We face competition from a few other large, national or super-regional agencies as well as many niche and regional agencies. Remaining competitive in this industry requires that we closely monitor and respond to trends in all industry sectors. We cannot assure you that we will be able to anticipate and respond successfully to such trends in a timely manner. Moreover, some of our competitors may choose to sell services competitive to ours at lower prices by accepting lower margins and profitability or may be able to sell services competitive to ours at lower prices due to proprietary ownership of data or technical superiority, which could negatively impact the rates that we can charge. If we are unable to compete successfully, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and our results of operations. If certain competitors were to combine into integrated sales, marketing and merchandising services companies, additional sales, marketing and merchandising service companies were to enter the market or existing participants in this industry were to become more competitive, including through technological innovation such as social media and crowdsourcing, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our business is subject to risks associated with climate change.
The effects of climate change, and a resulting shift to a lower carbon economy, could present several climate-related risks for our business. Physical risks from climate change could result in both chronic and acute perils including, but not limited to, extreme weather, changes in precipitation and temperature, and rising sea levels, all of which may result in a decrease in demand for our services from or our ability to provide services to our clients, many of whom are in the retail industry, located in the areas affected by these conditions. Should the impact of climate change be severe or occur for lengthy periods of time, climate change could further adversely impact business continuity for ourselves and our clients, which, in turn, could similarly adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
Failure to meet environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) expectations or standards could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, or stock price.
In recent years, there has been an increased focus from stakeholders, regulators and the public in general on ESG matters, including greenhouse gas emissions and climate-related risks, renewable energy, water stewardship, waste management, diversity, equity and inclusion, responsible sourcing and supply chain, human rights, and social responsibility, including changes in laws and regulations related to compliance and disclosure obligations related thereto. We actively seek to address this focus and comply with the evolving laws and regulations related thereto. However, compliance with such laws and regulations will result in increased operating costs for us. In addition, if we are unable to comply with laws and regulations or implement effective ESG strategies, our reputation among our clients and investors may be damaged and we may incur fines and/or penalties. Moreover, there can be no assurance that any of our ESG strategies will result in improved results.
Damage to our reputation could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our reputation and the quality of our brand are critical to our business and success in existing markets and will be critical to our success as we enter new markets. We believe that we have built our reputation on the high quality of our sales and marketing services, our commitment to our clients and our performance-based culture, and we must protect and grow the value of our brand in order for us to continue to be successful. Any incident that erodes client loyalty to our brand could significantly reduce its value and damage our business. Also, there has been a marked increase in the use of social media platforms and similar devices, including blogs, social media websites, and other forms of internet-based communications that provide individuals with access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. Many social media platforms immediately publish the content their subscribers and participants post, often without filters or checks on accuracy of the content posted. Information concerning us may be posted on such platforms at any time. Information posted may be adverse to our interests or may be inaccurate, each of which may harm our performance, prospects or business. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction.
We rely on third parties to provide certain data and services in connection with the provision of our services.
We rely on third parties to provide certain data and services for use in connection with the provision of our services. For example, we contract with third parties to obtain the raw data on retail product sales and inventories. These suppliers of data may impose restrictions on our use of such data, fail to adhere to our quality control standards, increase the price they charge us for this data or refuse altogether to license the data to us. If we are unable to use such third-party data and services or if we are unable to contract with third parties, when necessary, our business, financial condition or our results of operations could be adversely affected. In the event that such data and services are unavailable for our use or the cost of acquiring such data and services increases, our business could be adversely affected.
We may be unable to timely and effectively respond to changes in digital practices and policies, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Changes to practices and policies of operating systems, websites and other digital platforms, including, without limitation, Apple’s or Android’s transparency policies, may reduce the quantity and quality of the data and metrics that can be collected or used by us and our clients or reduce the value of our digital services. These limitations may adversely affect both our and our clients’ ability to effectively target and measure the performance of our digital services. In addition, our clients and third-party vendors routinely evaluate their digital practices and policies, and if in the future they determine to modify such practices and policies for any reasons, including, without limitation, privacy, targeting, age or content concerns, this could decrease the desire for our digital services as compared to other alternatives. If we are unable to timely or effectively respond to changes in digital practices and policies, or if our clients do not believe that our digital services will generate a competitive return on investment relative to alternatives, then our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.
We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property, which, in turn, could harm the value of our brands and adversely affect our business.
Our ability to implement our business plan successfully depends in part on our ability to further build brand recognition using our trade names, service marks, trademarks, proprietary products and other intellectual property, including our name and logos. We rely on U.S. and foreign trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as license agreements, nondisclosure agreements and confidentiality and other contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property. Nevertheless, these laws and procedures may not be adequate to prevent unauthorized parties from attempting to copy or otherwise obtain our processes and technology or deter our competitors from developing similar business solutions and concepts, and adequate remedies may not be available in the event of an unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets and other intellectual property.
The success of our business depends on our continued ability to use our existing trademarks and service marks to increase brand awareness and further develop our brand in both domestic and international markets. We have registered and applied to register our trade names, service marks and trademarks in the United States and foreign jurisdictions. However, the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property in the United States and in foreign countries may not be adequate, and third parties may misappropriate, dilute, infringe upon or otherwise harm the value of our intellectual property. If any of our registered or unregistered trademarks, trade names or service marks is challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks, it could have an adverse effect on our sales or market position. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain jurisdictions. This could make it difficult to stop the infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions.
We rely upon trade secrets and other confidential and proprietary know-how to develop and maintain our competitive position. While it is our policy to enter into agreements imposing nondisclosure and confidentiality obligations upon our employees and third parties to protect our intellectual property, these obligations may be breached, may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or proprietary know-how, or adequate remedies may not be available in the event of an unauthorized access, use or disclosure of our trade secrets and know-how. Furthermore, despite the existence of such nondisclosure and confidentiality agreements, or other contractual restrictions, we may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our confidential proprietary information or trade secrets by consultants, vendors and employees. In addition, others could obtain knowledge of our trade secrets through independent development or other legal means.
Any claims or litigation initiated by us to protect our proprietary technology could be time consuming, costly and divert the attention of our technical and management resources. If we choose to go to court to stop a third party from infringing our intellectual property, that third party may ask the court to rule that our intellectual property rights are invalid and/or should not be enforced against that third party. Even if the action that we take to protect our intellectual property rights is successful, any infringement may still have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be subject to claims of infringement of third-party intellectual property rights that are costly to defend, result in the diversion of management’s time and efforts, require the payment of damages, limit our ability to use particular technologies in the future or prevent us from marketing our existing or future products and services.
Third parties may assert that we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property, including with respect to our digital solutions and other technologies that are important to our business, and may sue us for intellectual property infringement. We may not be aware of whether our products or services do or will infringe existing or future intellectual property rights of others. In addition, there can be no assurance that one or more of our competitors who have developed competing technologies or our other competitors will not be granted intellectual property rights for their technology and allege that we have infringed on such rights.
Any claims that our business infringes the intellectual property rights of others, regardless of the merit or resolution of such claims, could incur substantial costs, and the time and attention of our management and other personnel may be diverted in pursuing these proceedings. An adverse determination in any intellectual property claim could require us to pay damages, be subject to an injunction, and/or stop using our technologies, trademarks, copyrighted works and other material found to be in violation of another party’s rights, and could prevent us from licensing our technologies to others unless we enter into royalty or licensing arrangements with the prevailing party or are able to redesign our products and services to avoid infringement. With respect to any third-party intellectual property that we use or wish to use in our business (whether or not asserted against us in litigation), we may not be able to enter into licensing or other arrangements with the owner of such intellectual property at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms. Any of the foregoing could harm our commercial success.
We are dependent on technology licensed from others. If we lose our licenses, we may not be able to continue developing our products.
We have obtained licenses that give us rights to third party intellectual property that is necessary or useful to our business. These license agreements may impose various royalty and other obligations on us. One or more of our licensors may allege that we have breached our license agreement with them, and could seek to terminate our license, which could adversely affect our competitive business position and harm our business prospects. In addition, any claims brought against us by our licensors could be costly, time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.
Consumer goods manufacturers and retailers, including some of our clients, are subject to extensive governmental regulation and we and they may be subject to enforcement in the event of noncompliance with applicable requirements.
Consumer goods manufacturers and retailers are subject to a broad range of federal, state, local and international laws and regulations governing, among other things, the research, development, manufacture, distribution, marketing and post-market reporting of consumer products. These include laws administered by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, the U.S. Department of Agriculture and other federal, state, local and international regulatory authorities. For example, certain of our clients market and sell products containing cannabidiol (“CBD”). CBD products are subject to a number of federal, state, local and international laws and regulations restricting their use in certain categories of products and in certain jurisdictions. In particular, the FDA has publicly stated it is prohibited to sell into interstate commerce food, beverages or dietary supplements that contain CBD. These laws are broad in scope and subject to evolving interpretations, which could require us to incur costs associated with new or modified compliance requirements or require us or our clients to alter or limit our activities, including marketing and promotion, of such products, or to remove them from the market altogether.
If a regulatory authority determines that we or our current or future clients have not complied with the applicable regulatory requirements, our business may be materially impacted, and we or our clients could be subject to enforcement actions or loss of business. We cannot predict the nature of any future laws, regulations, interpretations or applications of the laws, nor can we determine what effect additional laws, regulations or administrative policies and procedures, if and when enacted, promulgated and implemented, could have on our business.
We may be subject to claims for products for which we are the vendor of record or may otherwise be in the chain of title.
For certain of our clients’ products, we become the vendor of record or otherwise may be in the chain of title. For these products, we could be subject to potential claims for misbranded, adulterated, contaminated, damaged or spoiled products, or could be subject to liability in connection with claims related to infringement of intellectual property, product liability, product recalls or other liabilities arising in connection with the sale or marketing of these products. As a result, we could be subject to claims or lawsuits (including potential class action lawsuits), and we could incur liabilities that are not insured or exceed our insurance coverage or for which the manufacturer of the product does not indemnify us. Even if product claims against us are not successful or fully pursued, these claims could be costly and time consuming and may require our management to spend time defending the claims rather than operating our business.
A product that has been actually or allegedly misbranded, adulterated or damaged or is actually or allegedly defective could result in product withdrawals or recalls, destruction of product inventory, negative publicity and substantial costs of compliance or remediation. Any of these events, including a significant product liability judgment against us, could result in monetary damages and/or a loss of demand for our products, both of which could have an adverse effect on our business or results of operations.
We generate revenues and incur expenses throughout the world that are subject to exchange rate fluctuations, and our results of operations may suffer due to currency translations.
Our U.S. operations earn revenues and incur expenses primarily in U.S. dollars, while our international operations earn revenues and incur expenses in the local currency, including Canadian dollars, Japanese Yen or New Taiwan Dollar. Because of currency exchange rate fluctuations, including possible devaluations, we are subject to currency translation exposure on the results of our operations, in addition to economic exposure. These risks could adversely impact our business or results of operations.
Fluctuations in our tax obligations and effective tax rate and realization of our deferred tax assets may result in volatility of our operating results.
We are subject to taxes by the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax authorities, and our tax liabilities will be affected by the allocation of expenses to differing jurisdictions. We record tax expense based on our estimates of future payments, which may include reserves for uncertain tax positions in multiple tax jurisdictions, and valuation allowances related to certain net deferred tax assets. At any one time, many tax years may be subject to audit by various taxing jurisdictions. The results of these audits and negotiations with taxing authorities may affect the ultimate settlement of these matters. We expect that throughout the year there could be ongoing variability in our quarterly tax rates as events occur and exposures are evaluated. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:
•changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;
•expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowance;
•tax effects of equity-based compensation;
•changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or
•future earnings being lower than anticipated in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated earnings in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory tax rates.
In addition, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be materially impacted by a variety of factors including but not limited to changes in the mix and level of earnings, varying tax rates in the different jurisdictions in which we operate, fluctuations in the valuation allowance, deductibility of certain items or changes to existing accounting rules or regulations. Further, tax legislation may be enacted in the future which could negatively impact our current or future tax structure and effective tax rates. We may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by U.S. federal, state, local and foreign taxing authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.
We may face potential and actual harms and uncertainties arising from the matter related to our 2018 acquisition of the Take 5 Media Group (the “Take 5 Matter”), including litigation and governmental investigations.
We acquired the business of Take 5 Media Group (“Take 5”) in April 2018, and a result of an investigation into that business, we terminated all operations of Take 5, including the use of its associated trade names and the offering of its services to its clients and offered refunds to clients of collected revenues attributable to the period after our acquisition. See “Legal Proceedings-Proceedings Relating to Take 5.”
As a result of these matters, we may be subject to a number of additional harms, risks and uncertainties, including substantial costs for legal fees in connection with or related to the potential lawsuits by clients or other interested parties who claim to have been harmed by the misconduct at Take 5, other costs and fees related to the Take 5 Matter (in excess of the amounts previously offered as refunds), potential governmental investigations arising from the Take 5 Matter. In addition, if we do not prevail in any such litigation related to these matters, we could be subject to costs related to such litigation, including equitable relief, civil monetary damages, treble damages, or repayment, which may not be covered by insurance or may materially increase our insurance costs. We have incurred and will continue to incur additional costs regardless of the outcome of any such litigation or governmental investigation. In addition, there can be no assurance to what degree, if any, we will be able to recover any such costs or damages from the former owners of Take 5 or whether such former owners of Take 5 engaged in further unknown improper activities that may subject us to further costs or damages, including potential reputational harm. Likewise, such events have caused and may cause further diversion of our management’s time and attention. Any adverse outcome related to these matters cannot be predicted at this time, and may materially harm our business, reputation, financial condition and/or results of operations, or the trading price of our securities.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock
We are controlled by Topco, the Advantage Sponsors, and the CP Sponsor, whose economic and other interests in our business may be different from yours.
Our authorized capital stock consists of 3,290,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of February 28, 2025, the equity holders of Topco (equity funds affiliated with or advised by CVC Capital Partners, Leonard Green & Partners, Juggernaut Capital Partners, Centerview Capital, L.P., and Bain Capital (collectively, the “Advantage Sponsors”)), Topco and Conyers Park II Sponsor LLC, an affiliate of Centerview Capital Management, LLC and Conyers Park’s sponsor (the “CP Sponsor”) collectively own 229,083,807 shares, or 71.3% (including 55.9% held by Topco), of our outstanding common stock.
We are a controlled company within the meaning of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC listing requirements and as a result, may rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. To the extent we rely on such exemptions, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such corporate governance requirements.
Because of the voting power over our company held by Topco, the Advantage Sponsors, and the CP Sponsor and the voting arrangement between such parties, we are considered a controlled company for the purposes of the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) listing requirements. As such, we are exempt from the corporate governance requirements that our board of directors, compensation committee, and nominating and corporate governance committee meet the standard of independence established by those corporate governance requirements. The independence standards are intended to ensure that directors who meet the independence standards are free of any conflicting interest that could influence their actions as directors.
We do not currently utilize the exemptions afforded to a controlled company, though we are entitled to do so. To the extent we utilize these exemptions, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.
The anti-takeover provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could prevent or delay a change in control of us, even if such change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders.
Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could discourage, delay, or prevent a merger, acquisition, or other change in control of us, even if such change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders. These include:
•authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and thwart a takeover attempt;
•provision for a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;
•not permitting the use of cumulative voting for the election of directors;
•permitting the removal of directors only for cause;
•limiting the ability of stockholders to call special meetings;
•requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;
•requiring approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend, or repeal the proposed bylaws or repeal the provisions of the third amended and restated certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors; and
•establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.
In addition, although we have opted out of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, subject to certain exceptions. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset, or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder.
Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with that person’s affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock.
Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with us for a three-year period. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.
Moreover, our certificate of incorporation provides that Topco and its affiliates do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision, and thus any business combination transaction between us and Topco and its affiliates would not be subject to the protections otherwise provided by this provision. Topco and its affiliates are not prohibited from selling a controlling interest in us to a third party and may do so without your approval and without providing for a purchase of your shares of common stock, subject to the lock-up restrictions applicable to Topco. Accordingly, your shares of common stock may be worth less than they would be if Topco and its affiliates did not maintain voting control over us.
The provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws requiring exclusive venue in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware or the federal district courts of the United States of America for certain types of lawsuits may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine will have to be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware (or the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware if the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware does not have jurisdiction). Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also require that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); however, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provision, and investors cannot waive compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of applicable law in the types of lawsuits to which they apply, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. These provisions do not apply to any suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts of the United States have exclusive jurisdiction.
Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your Class A common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
We have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on our Class A common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. The payment of cash dividends is also restricted under the terms of the agreements governing our debt and our ability to pay dividends may also be restricted by the terms of any future credit agreement or any securities we or our subsidiaries may issue.
An active, liquid trading market for our Class A common stock may not be available.
We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to availability of a trading market on Nasdaq or otherwise in the future or how active and liquid that market may be for our Class A common stock. If an active and liquid trading market is not available, you may have difficulty selling any of our Class A common stock. Among other things, in the absence of a liquid public trading market:
•you may not be able to liquidate your investment in shares of Class A common stock;
•you may not be able to resell your shares of Class A common stock at or above the price attributed to them when we became a publicly traded company;
•the market price of shares of Class A common stock may experience significant price volatility; and
•there may be less efficiency in carrying out your purchase and sale orders.
The trading price of our Class A common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance.
The market prices for our Class A common stock are likely to be volatile and may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, most of which we cannot control, including:
•quarterly variations in our operating results compared to market expectations;
•changes in preferences of our clients;
•announcements of new products or services or significant price reductions;
•the size of our public float;
•fluctuations in stock market prices and volumes;
•defaults on our indebtedness;
•changes in senior management or key personnel;
•the granting, vesting, or exercise of employee stock options, restricted stock, or other equity rights;
•the payment of any dividends thereon in shares of our common stock;
•changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;
•negative earnings or other announcements by us;
•downgrades in our credit ratings;
•material litigation or governmental investigations;
•issuances of capital stock;
•global economic, legal, and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance; or
•the realization of any risks described in this Annual Report under “Risk Factors.”
In addition, in the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation against companies following periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs and our resources, and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.
We cannot provide any guaranty that we will continue to repurchase our common stock pursuant to our stock repurchase program.
In November 2021, our board of directors authorized a share repurchase program, under which we may repurchase up to $100.0 million of our outstanding Class A common stock (the “2021 Share Repurchase Program”). As of December 31, 2024, the remaining amount available for repurchase pursuant to the 2021 Share Repurchase Program is $47.1 million. However, we are not obligated to make any further purchases under the 2021 Share Repurchase Program and we may suspend or permanently discontinue this program at any time or significantly reduce the amount of repurchases under the program. Any announcement of a suspension, discontinuance or reduction of this program may negatively impact our reputation and investor confidence.
The valuation of our private placement warrants could increase the volatility in our net (loss) income in our consolidated statements of (loss) earnings.
We determine the fair value of the liability classified private placement warrants by approximating the value with the price of the public warrants at the respective period end. The change in fair value of warrant liability represents the mark-to-market fair value adjustments to the outstanding private placement warrants issued in connection with the initial public offering of Conyers Park. Significant changes in the price of the public warrants and the number of private placement warrants outstanding may adversely affect the volatility in our net (loss) income in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
Risks Related to Indebtedness
We need to continue to generate significant operating cash flow in order to fund our internal investments and acquisitions and to service our debt.
Our business currently generates operating cash flow, which we use to fund our internal investments and acquisitions to grow our business and to service our substantial indebtedness. If, because of loss of revenue, pressure on pricing from customers, increases in our costs (including increases in costs related to servicing our indebtedness or labor costs), general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory conditions or other factors, many of which are outside of our control, our business generates less operating cash flow, we may not have sufficient funds to grow our business or to service our indebtedness.
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness, we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the lenders under our credit facilities could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to obtain waivers from the required lenders under our credit agreements to avoid being in default. If we or any of our subsidiaries breach the covenants under our credit agreements and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under our credit agreements, the lenders could exercise their rights as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health, restrict our activities, and affect our ability to meet our obligations.
We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2024, we had total indebtedness of $1.7 billion, excluding debt issuance costs, with an additional $44.1 million of letters of credit outstanding under our revolving credit facility. The agreements governing our indebtedness contain customary covenants that restrict us from taking certain actions, such as incurring additional debt, permitting liens on pledged assets, making investments, paying dividends or making distributions to equity holders, prepaying junior debt, engaging in mergers or restructurings, and selling assets, among other things, which may restrict our ability to successfully execute on our business plan. For a more detailed description of the covenants and material terms of our material indebtedness, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources” in this Annual Report.
Despite current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur additional indebtedness, which could increase the risks associated with our indebtedness.
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future because the terms of our indebtedness do not fully prohibit us or our subsidiaries from doing so. Subject to covenant compliance and certain conditions, as of December 31, 2024, the agreements governing our indebtedness would have permitted us to borrow up to an additional $455.9 million under our revolving credit facility. In addition, we and our subsidiaries have, and will have, the ability to incur additional indebtedness as incremental facilities under our credit agreement and we or our subsidiaries may issue additional notes in the future. If additional debt is added to our current debt levels and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face could increase.
Failure to maintain our credit ratings could adversely affect our liquidity, capital position, ability to hedge certain financial risks, borrowing costs, and access to capital markets.
Our credit risk is evaluated by the major independent rating agencies, and such agencies have in the past downgraded, and could in the future downgrade, our ratings. Our credit rating may impact the interest rates on any future indebtedness as well as the applicability of certain covenants in the agreements governing our indebtedness. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain our current credit ratings, and any additional, actual or anticipated changes or downgrades in our credit ratings, including any announcement that our ratings are under further review for a downgrade, may have a negative impact on our liquidity, capital position, ability to hedge certain financial risks, and access to capital markets.
Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.
Borrowings under our credit facilities are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates were to increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease. On a pro forma basis, assuming no other prepayments of the credit facility and that our revolving credit facility is fully drawn (and to the
extent that SOFR, is in excess of the 0.75% floor applicable to our revolving credit facility and our term loan credit facility, respectively), each one-eighth percentage point change in interest rates would result in an approximately $0.8 million change in annual interest expense on the indebtedness under our credit facilities. In the future, we may enter into interest rate swaps that involve the exchange of floating for fixed-rate interest payments in order to reduce interest rate volatility or risk. However, we may not maintain interest rate swaps with respect to any of our variable rate indebtedness, and any swaps we enter into may not fully or effectively mitigate our interest rate risk.
General Risk Factors
Our business and financial results may be affected by various litigation and regulatory proceedings.
We are subject to litigation and regulatory proceedings in the normal course of business and could become subject to additional claims in the future. These proceedings have included, and in the future may include, matters involving personnel and employment issues, workers’ compensation, personal and property injury, disputes relating to acquisitions (including contingent consideration), governmental investigations and other proceedings. Some historical and current legal proceedings and future legal proceedings may purport to be brought as class actions or representative basis on behalf of similarly situated parties including with respect to employment-related matters. We cannot be certain of the ultimate outcomes of any such claims, and resolution of these types of matters against us may result in significant fines, judgments or settlements, which, if uninsured, or if the fines, judgments and settlements exceed insured levels, could adversely affect our business or financial results. See “Legal Proceedings.”
We are subject to many federal, state, local and international laws with which compliance is both costly and complex.
Our business is subject to various, and sometimes complex, laws and regulations. In order to conduct our operations in compliance with these laws and regulations, we must obtain and maintain numerous permits, approvals and certificates from various federal, state, local and international governmental authorities. We may incur substantial costs in order to maintain compliance with these existing laws and regulations. In addition, our costs of compliance may increase if existing laws and regulations are revised or reinterpreted or if new laws and regulations become applicable to our operations. These costs could have an adverse impact on our business or results of operations. Moreover, our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, as interpreted and enforced, could lead to fines, penalties or management distraction or otherwise harm our business.
Our insurance may not provide adequate levels of coverage against claims.
We believe that we maintain insurance customary for businesses of our size and type. However, there are types of losses we may incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not economically reasonable to insure. Further, insurance may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all, and, if available, coverage may not be adequate. If we are unable to obtain insurance at an acceptable cost or on acceptable terms, we could be exposed to significant losses.
We have incurred and will continue to incur increased costs as a public company.
As a public company, we have incurred and will continue to incur significant legal, accounting, insurance, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules implemented by the SEC. The expenses incurred by public companies for reporting and corporate governance purposes generally have been increasing. Laws and regulations could also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on our board committees, or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our Class A common stock, fines, sanctions, and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our common stock, the price of our Class A common stock could decline.
The trading market for our Class A common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. If few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock could be negatively affected. Even with analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock, the price of our Class A common stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our common stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our Class A common stock, which in turn could cause our Class A common stock price to decline.
Substantial future sales of our Class A common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. Certain shares of our common stock are freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares of our common stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers, and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, which are to be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available. Topco, the Advantage Sponsors, the CP Sponsor and members of our management have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering Topco’s shares of our common stock or to include shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. In each of November 2020 and March 2021, we filed a registration statement on Form S-1 under which certain of our stockholders may sell, from time to time, shares of our Class A common stock, respectively, that, if sold, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. In the event a large number of shares of Class A common stock are sold in the public market, such sales could reduce the market price of our Class A common stock.
We may also issue shares of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock from time to time in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, or otherwise. Any such issuance could result in ownership dilution to you as a stockholder and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

---

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
None

---

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Item 2. Properties
Our corporate headquarters are located in Clayton, Missouri, in the St. Louis-metropolitan area, where we rent approximately 6,000 square feet pursuant to a lease agreement that is scheduled to expire in August 2034.
As of December 31, 2024, we operated more than 70 offices, including in the United States and internationally.
We lease all of our properties. Leases on these offices expire at various dates from 2025 to 2034, excluding any options for renewal. We typically seek office space in proximity to retailers’ headquarters or buying offices, to aid our teammates in acting as sales representatives for our manufacturer clients.

---

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
We are involved in various legal matters that arise in the ordinary course of our business. Some of these legal matters purport or may be determined to be class and/or representative actions or seek substantial damages or penalties. Some of these legal matters relate to disputes regarding acquisitions. In connection with certain of the below matters and other legal matters, we have accrued amounts that we believe are appropriate. There can be no assurance, however, that the below matters and other legal matters will not result in us having to make payments in excess of such accruals or that the below matters or other legal matters will not materially or adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
Commercial Matters
We have been involved in various litigation matters and arbitrations with respect to commercial matters arising with clients, vendors and third-party sellers of businesses. We have retained outside counsel to represent us in these matters and we are vigorously defending our interests.
Employment-Related Matters
We have also been involved in various litigation, including purported class or representative actions with respect to matters arising under the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act, California Labor Code and Private Attorneys General Act. Many involve allegations
for allegedly failing to pay wages and/or overtime, failing to provide meal and rest breaks and failing to pay reporting time pay, waiting time penalties and other penalties.
Proceedings Relating to Take 5
In April 2018, we acquired the business of Take 5 Media Group (“Take 5”). As a result of an investigation into that business in 2019 that identified certain misconduct, we terminated all operations of Take 5 in July 2019 and offered refunds to clients of collected revenues attributable to the period after our acquisition. We refer to the foregoing as the “Take 5 Matter.” We voluntarily disclosed to the United States Attorney’s Office and the Federal Bureau of Investigation certain misconduct occurring at Take 5. We intend to cooperate in this and any other governmental investigations that may arise in connection with the Take 5 Matter. In October 2022, an arbitrator made a final award in our favor. We are actively pursuing the collection of this award. We are currently unable to estimate if or when we will be able to collect any amounts associated with this arbitration. The Take 5 Matter may result in additional litigation against us, including lawsuits from clients, or governmental investigations, which may expose us to potential liability in excess of the amounts we previously offered as refunds to Take 5 clients. We are currently unable to determine the amount of any potential liability, costs or expenses that may result from any lawsuits or investigations associated with the Take 5 Matter or determine whether any such issues will have any future material adverse effect on our financial position, liquidity, or results of operations. Although we have insurance covering certain liabilities, we cannot be certain that the insurance will be sufficient to cover any potential liability or expenses associated with the Take 5 Matter.

---

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
Part II

---

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Market Information
Our Class A common stock and Warrants are currently listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbols “ADV” and “ADVWW,” respectively. As of December 31, 2024, there were 21 holders of record of our Class A common stock and 2 holders of record of our Warrants.
Dividend Policy
We have not paid any cash dividends on our Class A common stock to date. We may retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of the board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends may be limited by covenants of any existing and future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur. We do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of the Class A common stock in the foreseeable future.
Stock Price Performance
The graph above compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our Class A common stock with the cumulative total return on the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Stock Index and the S&P Consumer Staples Select Sector Index. The graph assumes an initial investment of $100 in our Class A common stock at the market close on December 31, 2019. Data for the S&P 500 Stock Index and S&P Consumer Staples Select Sector Index assume reinvestment of dividends. Total return equals stock price appreciation plus reinvestment of dividends. Note that past stock price performance is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.
Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers
On November 9, 2021, we announced that our board of directors authorized a share repurchase program (the “2021 Share Repurchase Program”) pursuant to which we may repurchase up to $100.0 million of our Class A common stock.
The 2021 Share Repurchase Program does not have an expiration date, but provides for suspension or discontinuation at any time. The 2021 Share Repurchase Program permits the repurchase of our Class A common stock on the open market and by other means from time to time. The timing and amount of any share repurchase is subject to prevailing market conditions, relevant securities laws and other considerations, and we are under no obligation to repurchase any specific number of shares.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, we executed open market purchases of $34.1 million of our Class A common stock under the 2021 Share Repurchase Program. As of December 31, 2024, there remained $47.1 million of share repurchase availability under the 2021 Share Repurchase Program. We did not repurchase any Class A common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2024.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Equity Securities
None.

---

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Item 6. [Reserved]

---

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This section of this Form 10-K generally discusses 2024 and 2023 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2024 and 2023. Discussions of 2023 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2023 and 2022 are not included in this Form 10-K, and can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 filed with the SEC on March 1, 2024.
Executive Overview
We are a leading business solutions provider to consumer goods manufacturers and retailers. We have a strong platform of essential, business critical services like headquarter sales, retail merchandising, in-store sampling and private brand development. We generate demand for brands and retailers of all sizes, helping get the right products on the shelf -whether physical or digital- and into the hands of consumers in every way they shop. We use a scaled platform to innovate as a trusted partner with our clients, solving problems to increase their efficiency and effectiveness across a broad range of channels.
Effective January 1, 2024, we revised our reportable segments to align our business strategy, and the manner in which the Chief Executive Officer, our chief operating decision maker, manages and assesses the performance and makes decisions regarding the allocation of resources for us. Our revised reportable segments consist of Branded Services, Experiential Services and Retailer Services.
We have reorganized our portfolio of businesses into a new, simplified structure that more closely aligns our business capabilities with economic buyers. As a result of this reorganization, we have formally disposed of certain business units. We have determined that the business units disposed of met the discontinued operations accounting criteria as their dispositions represent a strategic shift that has had a major effect on our operations and financial results. Refer to Note 2-Discontinued Operations, Deconsolidation of European Joint Venture, Divestitures and Acquisitions. We continue to evaluate opportunities to further simplify our operations so we can focus more resources on our core businesses.
Through our Branded Services segment, which generated approximately 36.6% and 45.1% of our revenues in the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, we provide services to branded consumer goods manufacturers through three main categories: brokerage, branded merchandising and omni-commerce marketing services. Brokerage services is primarily an outsourced sales and services agency for branded consumer goods manufacturers at retailer headquarters, in-store and online. Additionally, we lead with insights to execute branded merchandising strategies for branded consumer goods manufacturers related to merchandising in-store and online to drive product sales. Our omni-commerce marketing services primarily relate to digital and field marketing services, including shopper marketing, targeted advertising, interactive design and development, inventory management, application development and content management solutions.
Through our Experiential Services segment, which generated approximately 36.3% and 29.7% of our revenues in the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, we help brands and retailers reach consumers and convert shoppers into buyers through in-store and online sampling and demonstrations. We manage highly customized, large-scale sampling programs for leading brands and retailers. We also manage, organize and execute special events for brands and retailers, including large-scale meetings, mobile tours, summits and festivals.
Through our Retailer Services segment, which generated approximately 27.1% and 25.2% of our revenues in the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, we provide end-to-end advisory, retailer merchandising and agency services to retailers. Advisory services primarily consist of consulting services related to private brand development, including coordination related to the sourcing, manufacturing, branding and distribution of private label products to the end retailer. Retailer merchandising services primarily relate to the execution of merchandising strategies, including traditional services such as interior store construction, store resets, category updates and new item implementation. Agency services primarily consist of providing marketing strategies within retail locations, including retail media networks, and analyzing shopper behavior to offer planning, execution and measurement of insight-based, retailer-specific promotions that target retailers’ specific shopper base to drive product sales.
Summary
Our financial performance from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 includes:
•Revenues decreased by $333.8 million, or 8.6%, to $3,566.3 million;
•Operating income decreased by $341.6 million to $295.0 million of operating loss;
•Net loss increased by $297.2 million to $378.4 million;
•Adjusted Net Income decreased by $3.1 million, or 3.9%, to $75.7 million; and
•Adjusted EBITDA increased by $3.8 million, or 1.1%, to $356.0 million.
Factors Affecting Our Business and Financial Reporting
There are a number of factors, in addition to certain prior period balances related to our reportable segments and discontinued operations that have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation, that affect the performance of our business and the comparability of our results from period to period including:
•Organic Growth. Part of our strategy is to generate organic growth by expanding our existing client relationships, continuing to win new clients, pursuing channel expansion, enhancing our service offerings, digital technology solutions, developing our international platform, delivering operational efficiencies and expanding into logical adjacencies. We believe that by pursuing these organic growth opportunities we will be able to continue to enhance our value proposition to our clients and thereby grow our business.
•Acquisitions and Divestitures. We have grown our business in part by acquiring businesses, both domestic and international. Many of our acquisition agreements include contingent consideration arrangements, which are further described below. We have completed acquisitions at what we believe are attractive purchase prices and have regularly structured our agreements to result in the generation of long-lived tax assets, which have in turn reduced our effective purchase prices when incorporating the value of those tax assets. We continue to look for strategic acquisitions that can be completed at attractive purchase prices. We also continue to evaluate potential opportunities to refine our focus on our core business of converting shoppers into buyers for consumer goods companies and retailers, including divesting certain businesses. As part of the sales agreements for certain divestitures, we have agreed to provide certain transitional services as defined within the respective transition services agreements for a period of time after sale. We continue to evaluate opportunities to further simplify our operations so we can focus more resources on our core businesses.
•Contingent Consideration. Many of our acquisition agreements include contingent consideration arrangements, which are generally based on the achievement of financial performance thresholds by the operations attributable to the acquired businesses. The contingent consideration arrangements are based upon our valuations of the acquired businesses and are intended to share the investment risk with the sellers of such businesses if projected financial results are not achieved. The fair values of these contingent consideration arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquired companies on their respective acquisition dates. For each transaction, we estimate the fair value of contingent consideration payments as part of the initial purchase price. We review and assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair value could differ materially from our initial estimates. Adjustments to the estimated fair value related to changes in unobservable inputs are reported in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
•Depreciation and Amortization. As a result of the acquisition of our business by Topco on July 25, 2014 (the “2014 Topco Acquisition”), we acquired significant intangible assets, the value of which is amortized, on a straight-line basis, over 15 years from the date of the 2014 Topco Acquisition, unless determined to be indefinite-lived. The amortization of such intangible assets recorded in our consolidated financial statements has a significant impact on our operating (loss) income and net loss. Our historical acquisitions have increased, and future acquisitions likely will increase, our intangible assets. We do not believe the amortization expense associated with the intangible assets created from our purchase accounting adjustments reflect a material economic cost to our business. Unlike depreciation expense which has an economic cost reflected by the fact that we must re-invest in property and equipment to maintain the asset base delivering our results of operations, we do not have any capital re-investment requirements associated with the acquired intangible assets, such as client relationships and trade names, that comprise the majority of the finite-lived intangible assets that create our amortization expense.
•Impairment of Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Asset. We recognized goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges of $233.2 million and $42.0 million, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2024. We recognized an
intangible asset impairment charge of $43.5 million related to our indefinite-lived trade name during the year ended December 31, 2023. We recognized goodwill impairment charges of $1,367.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. We recognized an intangible asset impairment charge of $205.0 million related to our indefinite-lived trade name during the year ended December 31, 2022. The impairment charges have been reflected in “Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
•Foreign Exchange Fluctuations. Our financial results are affected by fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and other currencies, primarily the Canadian dollar due to our operations in such foreign jurisdictions. See also “-Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk-Foreign Currency Risk.”
•Seasonality. Our quarterly results are seasonal in nature, with the fourth fiscal quarter typically generating a higher proportion of our revenues than other fiscal quarters, as a result of higher consumer spending. We generally record slightly lower revenues in the first fiscal quarter of each year, as our clients begin to roll out new programs for the year, and consumer spending generally is less in the first fiscal quarter than other quarters. The timing of our clients’ marketing expenses, associated with marketing campaigns and new product launches, can also result in fluctuations from one quarter to another.
How We Assess the Performance of Our Business
Revenues
Revenues related to the Branded Services segment are primarily recognized in the form of commissions, fee-for-service and cost-plus fees for providing headquarter relationship management, execution of merchandising strategies and omni-commerce marketing services.
Experiential Services segment revenues are primarily recognized in the form of fee-for-service and cost-plus fees for providing in-store, digital sampling and demonstrations, where the Company manages highly customized, large-scale sampling programs for leading brands and retailers.
Retailer Services segment revenues are primarily recognized in the form of commissions, fee-for-service and cost-plus fees for providing consulting services related to private brand development, the execution of merchandising strategies and marketing strategies within retailer locations, including retail media networks and analyzing shopper behavior.
We analyze our financial performance, in part, by measuring revenue performance in two ways-revenue growth attributable to organic activities and revenue growth and declines attributable to acquisitions and divestitures, which we refer to as organic revenues and acquired revenues, respectively.
We define organic revenues as any revenues that are not acquired revenues. Our organic revenues exclude the impacts of acquisitions and divestitures, when applicable, which improves comparability of our results from period to period.
In general, when we acquire a business, the acquisition includes a contingent consideration arrangement (e.g., an earnout provision) and, accordingly, we separately track the financial performance of the acquired business. In such cases, we consider revenues generated by such a business during the 12 months following its acquisition to be acquired revenues. For example, if we completed an acquisition on September 30, 2023 for a business that included a contingent consideration arrangement, we would consider revenues from the acquired business from October 1, 2023 to September 30, 2024 to be acquired revenues. We generally consider growth attributable to the financial performance of an acquired business after the 12-month anniversary of the date of acquisition to be organic.
If an acquisition of an acquired business does not include a contingent consideration arrangement, or we otherwise do not separately track the financial performance of the acquired business due to operational integration, we consider the revenues that the business generated in the 12 months prior to its acquisition to be our acquired revenues for the 12 months following its acquisition, and any differences in revenues actually generated during the 12 months after its acquisition to be organic. For example, if we completed an acquisition on September 30, 2024 for a business that did not include a contingent consideration arrangement, we would consider the amount of revenues from the acquired business from October 1, 2023 to September 30, 2024 to be acquired revenues during the period from October 1, 2024 to September 30, 2025, with any differences from that amount actually generated during the latter period to be organic revenues.
All revenues generated by our acquired businesses are considered to be organic revenues after the 12-month anniversary of the date of acquisition.
When we divest a business, unless otherwise presented as discontinued operations, we consider the revenues that the divested business generated in the 12 months prior to its divestiture to be subtracted from acquired revenues for the 12 months following its divestiture. For example, if we completed a divestiture on October 1, 2024 for a business, we would consider the amount of revenues from the divested business from October 1, 2023 to September 30, 2024 to be subtracted from organic revenues during the period from October 1, 2024 to September 30, 2025.
We measure organic revenue growth and acquired revenue growth by comparing the organic revenues or acquired revenues, respectively, period over period, net of any divestitures.
Cost of Revenues
Our cost of revenues consists of both fixed and variable expenses primarily attributable to the hiring, training, compensation and benefits provided to both full-time and part-time teammates, as well as other project-related expenses. A number of costs associated with our teammates are subject to external factors, including inflation, increases in market specific wages and minimum wage rates at federal, state and municipal levels and minimum pay levels for exempt roles. Additionally, when we enter into certain new client relationships, we may experience an initial increase in expenses associated with hiring, training and other items needed to launch the new relationship.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, payroll taxes and benefits for corporate personnel. Other overhead costs include information technology, professional services fees, including accounting and legal services, and other general corporate expenses. We also incur expenses operating as a public company, including expenses necessary to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange and related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, as well as higher expenses for general and director and officer insurance, investor relations, and related professional services. Additionally, included in selling, general and administrative expenses are costs associated with the changes in fair value of the contingent consideration of acquisitions and other costs related to our internal reorganization activities, including our restructuring plan, acquisition and divestiture transactions. These transaction-related costs are comprised of fees related to change of equity ownership, professional fees, due diligence and integration or divestiture activities.
Impairment of Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired in an acquisition. We test for impairment of goodwill at the reporting unit level. We generally combine components that have similar economic characteristics, nature of services, types of clients, distribution methods and regulatory environment. Changes to our operating segments effective January 1, 2024, as described in Note 17-Operating Segments and Geographic Information, resulted in a change to our reporting units (Branded Services, Branded Agencies, Experiential Services, Merchandising and Retailer Agencies). As a result, the Company performed the required impairment assessments directly before and immediately after the change in reporting units as of January 1, 2024. The assets and liabilities were reassigned to the applicable reporting units and allocated goodwill using the relative fair value approach. The estimated fair values of the underlying reporting units were determined based on a combination of the income and market approaches. The income approach utilizes estimates of discounted cash flows for the underlying business, which requires assumptions for growth rates, EBITDA margins, terminal growth rate, discount rate, and incremental net working capital, all of which require significant management judgment. The market approach applies market multiples derived from historical earnings data of selected guideline publicly traded companies that are first screened by industry group and then further narrowed on the reporting units' business descriptions, markets served, competitors, EBITDA margins and revenue size. We compared a weighted average of the output from the income and market approaches to compute the fair value of the reporting units. The assumptions in the income and market approach are based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represent Level 3 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. We based our fair value estimates on assumptions we believe to be reasonable but which are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. A change in these underlying assumptions would cause a change in the results of the tests and, as such, could cause fair value to be less than the carrying amounts and result in an impairment of goodwill in the future. Additionally, if actual results are not consistent with the estimates and assumptions or if there are significant changes to our planned strategy, it may cause fair value to be less than the carrying amounts and result in an impairment of goodwill in the future.
Other (Income) Expenses
Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liability
Change in fair value of warrant liability represents a non-cash (income) expense resulting from a fair value adjustment to warrant liability with respect to the private placement warrants. Based on the availability of sufficient observable information, we
determine the fair value of the liability classified private placement warrants by approximating the value with the price of the public warrants at the respective period end, which is inherently less subjective and judgmental given it is based on observable inputs.
Interest Expense
Interest expense relates primarily to borrowings under our material debt agreements as described below. See “ -Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
Depreciation and Amortization
Amortization Expense
As a result of the 2014 Topco Acquisition, we acquired significant intangible assets, the value of which is amortized, on a straight-line basis, over 15 years from the date of the 2014 Topco Acquisition, unless determined to be indefinite-lived. Included in our depreciation and amortization expense is amortization of acquired intangible assets. We have ascribed value to identifiable intangible assets other than goodwill in our purchase price allocations for companies we have acquired. These assets include, but are not limited to, client relationships and trade names. To the extent we ascribe value to identifiable intangible assets that have finite lives, we amortize those values over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Such amortization expense, although non-cash in the period expensed, directly impacts our results of operations. It is difficult to predict with any precision the amount of expense we may record relating to future acquired intangible assets.
Depreciation Expense
Depreciation expense relates to the property and equipment that we own, which represented less than 1% of our total assets at December 31, 2024 and 2023.
Income Taxes
Income tax expense and our effective tax rates can be affected by many factors, including state apportionment factors, our acquisition and divestiture strategy, tax incentives and credits available to us, changes in judgment regarding our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, changes in our worldwide mix of pre-tax losses or earnings, changes in existing tax laws and our assessment of uncertain tax positions.
Cash Flows
We have positive cash flow characteristics, as described below, due to the limited required capital investment in the fixed assets and working capital needs to operate our business in the normal course. See “ -Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
Our principal sources of liquidity are cash flows from operations, borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below), divestitures and other debt. Our principal uses of cash are operating expenses, working capital requirements, investments in our technology platforms, acquisitions, repayment of debt and share repurchases.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, we sold five businesses. We expect to use the divestiture proceeds to invest in our business, reduce debt, create financial flexibility for opportunistic share repurchases or potential future acquisitions.
Adjusted Net Income
Adjusted Net Income is a non-GAAP financial measure. Adjusted Net Income means net loss from continuing operations before (i) net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, (ii) impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset, (iii) gain on deconsolidation of subsidiaries, (iv) equity-based compensation of Karman Topco L.P., (v) changes in fair value of warrant liability, (vi) fair value adjustments of contingent consideration related to acquisitions, (vii) acquisition and divestiture related expenses, (viii) restructuring expenses, (ix) reorganization expenses, (x) litigation expenses, (xi) amortization of intangible assets, (xii) costs associated with COVID-19, net of benefits received, (xiii) gain on repurchases of Term Loan Facility and Senior Secured Notes debt, (xiv) costs associated with (recovery from) the Take 5 Matter, (xv) other adjustments that management believes are helpful in evaluating our operating performance, and (xvi) related tax adjustments.
We present Adjusted Net Income because we use it as a supplemental measure to evaluate the performance of our business in a way that also considers our ability to generate profit without the impact of items that we do not believe are indicative of our operating performance or are unusual or infrequent in nature and aid in the comparability of our performance from period to period. Adjusted
Net Income should not be considered as an alternative for Net loss from continuing operations, our most directly comparable measure presented on a GAAP basis.
Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations, Adjusted EBITDA from Discontinued Operations and Adjusted EBITDA by Segment
Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations, Adjusted EBITDA from Discontinued Operations and Adjusted EBITDA by Segment are supplemental non-GAAP financial measures of our operating performance.
Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations and Adjusted EBITDA from Discontinued Operations means net income before (i) interest expense (net), (ii) provision for (benefit from) income taxes, (iii) depreciation, (iv) amortization of intangible assets, (v) impairment of goodwill, (vi) changes in fair value of warrant liability, (vii) stock-based compensation expense, (viii) equity-based compensation of Karman Topco L.P., (ix) fair value adjustments of contingent consideration related to acquisitions, (x) acquisition and divestiture related expenses, (xi) (gain) loss on divestitures, (xii) restructuring expenses, (xiii) reorganization expenses, (xiv) litigation expenses (recovery), (xv) costs associated with COVID-19, net of benefits received, (xvi) costs associated with (recovery from) the Take 5 Matter, (xvii) EBITDA for economic interests in investments and (xviii) other adjustments that management believes are helpful in evaluating our operating performance.
Adjusted EBITDA by Segment means, with respect to each segment, operating (loss) income from continuing operations before (i) depreciation, (ii) amortization of intangible assets, (iii) impairment of goodwill, (iv) stock based compensation expense, (v) equity-based compensation of Karman Topco L.P., (vi) fair value adjustments of contingent consideration related to acquisitions, (vii) acquisition and divestiture related expenses, (viii) restructuring expenses, (ix) reorganization expenses, (x) litigation expenses (recovery), (xi) costs associated with COVID-19, net of benefits received, (xii) costs associated with (recovery from) the Take 5 Matter, (xiii) EBITDA for economic interests in investments and (xiv) other adjustments that management believes are helpful in evaluating our operating performance, in each case, attributable to such segment.
We present Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations, Adjusted EBITDA from Discontinued Operations and Adjusted EBITDA by Segment because they are key operating measures used by us to assess our financial performance. These measures adjust for items that we believe do not reflect the ongoing operating performance of our business, such as certain non-cash items, unusual or infrequent items or items that change from period to period without any material relevance to our operating performance. We evaluate these measures in conjunction with our results according to GAAP because we believe they provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business than GAAP measures alone. Furthermore, the agreements governing our indebtedness contain covenants and other tests based on measures substantially similar to Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations and Adjusted EBITDA from Discontinued Operations. None of Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations, Adjusted EBITDA from Discontinued Operations nor Adjusted EBITDA by Segment should be considered as an alternative for Net loss or operating (loss) income, our most directly comparable measures presented on a GAAP basis. Non-GAAP financial measures are subject to inherent limitations as they reflect the exercise of judgments by management about which expense and income are excluded or included in determining these non-GAAP financial measures. Additionally, other companies may calculate non-GAAP measures differently, or may use other measures to calculate their financial performance, and therefore our non-GAAP measures may not be directly comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss and Adjusted EBITDA by segment to operating (loss) income from continuing operations, see “ -Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
Transformation Strategy
In July 2024, we announced a restructuring plan as part of our transformation strategy to improve our cost structure and to implement various other efforts to improve operating efficiency. The restructuring plan was designed to simplify the organization that supports the new segments after the divestitures and related transitions as well as to generate operational efficiencies during a time of market challenges affecting our clients. The overall project was substantially completed at the end of fiscal year 2024.
Reorganization expenses
Beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2023, we engaged third-party professional service consultants to assist in identifying and implementing operational efficiencies and cost-saving strategies. These efforts focused on internal process optimization and workforce alignment to our cost structure with current business needs. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we incurred $88.8 million in reorganization expenses related to various internal reorganization activities, including professional fees, lease exit costs, severance, and nonrecurring compensation costs, compared to $56.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2023. These amounts were recognized in “Selling, general, and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and
Comprehensive Loss. The reorganization plan was designed to simplify the organization that supports the new segments after the divestitures and related transitions.
Restructuring expenses
In the third quarter of fiscal year 2024, we implemented restructuring plans as a result of the overall reorganization.
During the third quarter of fiscal year 2024, we offered a Voluntary Early Retirement Program (“VERP”) to certain eligible U.S.-based employees. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we recorded $9.9 million of settlement charges and special termination benefits in “Selling, general, and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
In connection with our reorganization initiatives, in September 2024, we announced a cost savings program to improve operational performance and align cost structures consistent with revenue levels associated with business changes, which includes special termination benefits associated with a reduction-in-force (“2024 RIF”) and other optimization initiatives. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we recorded $20.1 million of settlement charges and special termination benefits in “Selling, general, and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
The following table sets forth items derived from the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 in dollars and as a percentage of total revenues.
Year Ended December 31,
(amounts in thousands)
Revenues
$
3,566,324
100.0
%
$
3,900,125
100.0
%
Cost of revenues
3,059,052
85.8
%
3,415,046
87.6
%
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
324,596
9.1
%
250,235
6.4
%
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset
275,170
7.7
%
43,500
1.1
%
Gain on deconsolidation of subsidiaries
-
0.0
%
(58,891
)
(1.5
)%
Depreciation and amortization
204,553
5.7
%
208,856
5.4
%
Loss from equity method investments
(2,064
)
(0.1
)%
(5,210
)
(0.1
)%
Total operating expenses
3,861,307
108.3
%
3,853,536
98.8
%
Operating (loss) income from continuing operations
(294,983
)
(8.3
)%
46,589
1.2
%
Other expenses (income):
Change in fair value of warrant liability
(584
)
0.0
%
(286
)
0.0
%
Interest expense, net
146,792
4.1
%
165,734
4.2
%
Total other expenses
146,208
4.1
%
165,448
4.2
%
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
(441,191
)
(12.4
)%
(118,859
)
(3.0
)%
Benefit from income taxes from continuing operations
(62,787
)
(1.8
)%
(37,648
)
(1.0
)%
Net loss from continuing operations
(378,404
)
(10.6
)%
(81,211
)
(2.1
)%
Net income from discontinued operations, net of tax
53,634
1.5
%
20,829
0.5
%
Net loss
(324,770
)
(9.1
)%
(60,382
)
(1.5
)%
Less: net income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interest, net of tax
-
0.0
%
2,346
0.1
%
Less: net income from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interest, net of tax
2,192
0.1
%
0.0
%
Net loss attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
$
(326,962
)
(9.2
)%
$
(63,322
)
(1.6
)%
Other Financial Data
Adjusted Net Income(1)
$
75,712
2.1
%
$
78,798
2.0
%
Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations(1)
$
356,014
10.0
%
$
352,248
9.0
%
(1)Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with GAAP. For a discussion of our presentation of Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations and reconciliations of net loss to Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA, see “-Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
Revenues
Year Ended December 31,
Change
(amounts in thousands)
$
%
Branded Services
$
1,306,336
$
1,758,417
$
(452,081
)
(25.7
)%
Experiential Services
1,295,029
1,159,449
135,580
11.7
%
Retailer Services
964,959
982,259
(17,300
)
(1.8
)%
Total revenues
$
3,566,324
$
3,900,125
$
(333,801
)
(8.6
)%
Total revenues decreased by $333.8 million, or 8.6%, during the year ended December 31, 2024, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. Excluding $374.4 million revenues during the year ended December 31, 2023 prior to the deconsolidation of our European joint venture, revenues increased 1%.
The Branded Services segment revenues decreased $452.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. Excluding $374.4 million revenues during the year ended December 31, 2023 prior to the
deconsolidation of our European joint venture, the segment experienced a decrease of $77.7 million in revenues primarily due to an intentional client resignation and a weaker economic environment for our consumer package goods clients.
The Experiential Services segment revenues increased $135.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in revenues was primarily due to an increase in our events per day volume.
The Retailer Services segment revenues decreased $17.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease in revenues was primarily due to reductions in the scope of services from our retailer clients as retailers respond to challenges in the broader markets in which they operate including increased commodity prices and wages.
Cost of Revenues
Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2024 was 85.8%, as compared to 87.6% for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease as a percentage of revenues was largely attributable to the change in the revenue mix of our services primarily related to the deconsolidation of our European joint venture, one time litigation expense in the prior year with recovery in the current year and decreased incentive compensation expense.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2024 was 9.1%, as compared to 6.4% for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase as a percentage of revenues was primarily due to a $62.7 million increase in costs associated with our internal reorganization activities, largely related to professional fees, voluntary early retirement benefits and severance and the continued investment in our support services including our technology solutions.
Impairment of Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Asset
During the second quarter of fiscal year 2024, we determined a triggering event occurred and an impairment assessment was warranted for the Branded Agencies reporting unit goodwill due to the pending sale of one of the businesses that comprised a substantial portion of the assets, liabilities and prospective cash flows of the Branded Agencies reporting unit. As a result of the impairment test performed, we recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $99.7 million related to our Branded Agencies reporting unit goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2024, which has been reflected in “Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. As a result of this charge, an immaterial amount of goodwill remains in this reporting unit.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2024, we identified a triggering event that required an impairment assessment of goodwill for the Branded Services reporting unit. The triggering event was due to the loss of clients and a reduction in the scope of client services as our clients implemented internal cost reduction initiatives in response to challenges in the broader markets in which they operate. As a result of the goodwill impairment test, we recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $133.5 million related to the Branded Services reporting unit during the year ended December 31, 2024. This charge is reflected in “Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived assets” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
During the fourth quarter of December 31, 2024, we recognized an intangible asset impairment charge of $42.0 million as a result of the triggering event for the Branded Services reporting unit.
We recognized a $43.5 million trade name intangible asset impairment charge during the year ended December 31, 2023 due to the deconsolidation of our European joint venture and intended sale of the foodservice businesses.
Depreciation and Amortization Expense
Depreciation and amortization expense was $204.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to $208.9 for the year ended December 31, 2023, which was primarily due to a decrease in software amortization expenses and intangible assets amortization expense.
Income from Equity Method Investments
Income from equity method investments decreased by $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 due to the net income attributable from our investments in unconsolidated affiliates. For additional information see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 11-Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates.
Operating (Loss) Income from Continuing Operations
Year Ended December 31,
Change
(amounts in thousands)
$
%
Branded Services
$
(318,573
)
$
27,193
$
(345,766
)
(1,271.5
)%
Experiential Services
3,295
(3,040
)
(92.3
)%
Retailer Services
23,335
16,101
7,234
44.9
%
Total operating (loss) income from continuing operations
$
(294,983
)
$
46,589
$
(341,572
)
(733.2
)%
In the Branded Services segment, the decrease in operating income to an operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2024 was primarily due to the goodwill impairments and the decrease in revenue noted above and an increase in costs associated with our internal reorganization activities combined with continued investment in our support services, including our technology solutions.
In the Experiential Services segment, the decrease in operating income for the year ended December 31, 2024 was due to an increase in costs associated with our internal reorganization activities combined with continued investment in our support services, including our technology solutions, partially offset by the increase in revenues as described above.
In the Retailer Services segment, the increase in operating income year ended December 31, 2024 was due to improved margins in our services partially offset by an increase in costs associated with our internal reorganization activities and continued investment in our support services, including our technology solutions.
Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liability
Change in fair value of warrant liability represents $0.6 million and $0.3 million of non-cash income resulting from fair value adjustments to the warrant liability for the private placement warrants for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Interest Expense, Net
Interest expense, net decreased $18.9 million, or 11.4%, to $146.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, from $165.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease in interest expense, net was primarily due to lower debt balances as a result of repurchases of Term Loan Facility and Senior Secured Notes as further described in “Liquidity and Capital Resources-Description of Credit Facilities-Senior Secured Notes”, partially offset by changes in the fair value of our derivative instruments during the year ended December 31, 2024.
Benefit from Income Taxes from Continuing Operations
Benefit from income taxes was $62.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to a benefit from income taxes of $37.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The fluctuation was primarily attributable to a larger pre-tax loss during the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to a smaller pre-tax loss during the year ended December 31, 2023. Also contributing to the variance was the goodwill impairments during the year ended December 31, 2024 and the deconsolidation of our European joint venture during the year ended December 31, 2023.
The provision for income taxes from discontinued operations was $41.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, while the provision for income taxes from discontinued operations was $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 was impacted primarily by the result of pre-tax income from discontinued operations and divested entities.
Net Loss from Continuing Operations
Net loss from continuing operations was $378.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to net loss from continuing operations of $81.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in net loss from continuing operations was primarily driven by goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges of $275.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2024, a
$62.7 million increase in costs associated with our internal reorganization and restructuring activities, largely related to professional fees and severance, partially offset by an $18.9 million decrease in interest expense and a $25.1 million increase in the benefit from income taxes.
Net Income from Discontinued Operations
Net income from discontinued operations was $53.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to net income from discontinued operations of $20.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Adjusted Net Income
The decrease in Adjusted Net Income for the year ended December 31, 2024 was attributable to the increase in Adjusted EBITDA as described below coupled with the decrease in interest expense. For a reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income to Net loss from continuing operations, see “ -Non-GAAP Financial Measures”.
Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations and Adjusted EBITDA by Segment
Year Ended December 31,
Change
(amounts in thousands)
$
%
Branded Services
$
181,465
$
203,683
$
(22,218
)
(10.9
)%
Experiential Services
75,697
53,003
22,694
42.8
%
Retailer Services
98,852
95,562
3,290
3.4
%
Total Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations
$
356,014
$
352,248
$
3,766
1.1
%
Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations was $356.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $352.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was primarily attributable to an increase in the Experiential Services segment. In the Branded Services segment, the decrease was primarily attributable to the decline in revenues partially offset by the decline in cost of revenues as described above. In the Experiential Services segment, the increase was driven largely by the growth in revenues from the in-store sampling and demonstration services offset by continued investment in our support services including our technology solutions. In the Retailer Services segment, the increase was primarily attributable to increase in margins driven by price discipline. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations to Net loss from continuing operations, see “-Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Adjusted Net Income is a non-GAAP financial measure. Adjusted Net Income means net loss from continuing operations before (i) net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, (ii) impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset, (iii) gain on deconsolidation of subsidiaries, (iv) equity-based compensation of Karman Topco L.P., (v) changes in fair value of warrant liability, (vi) fair value adjustments of contingent consideration related to acquisitions, (vii) acquisition and divestiture related expenses, (viii) restructuring expenses, (ix) reorganization expenses, (x) litigation expenses, (xi) amortization of intangible assets, (xii) costs associated with COVID-19, net of benefits received, (xiii) gain on repurchases of Term Loan Facility and Senior Secured Notes debt, (xiv) costs associated with (recovery from) the Take 5 Matter, (xv) other adjustments that management believes are helpful in evaluating our operating performance, and (xvi) related tax adjustments.
We present Adjusted Net Income because we use it as a supplemental measure to evaluate the performance of our business in a way that also considers our ability to generate profit without the impact of items that we do not believe are indicative of our operating performance or are unusual or infrequent in nature and aid in the comparability of our performance from period to period. Adjusted Net Income should not be considered as an alternative for our net loss from continuing operations, our most directly comparable measure presented on a GAAP basis.
Adjusted Net Income from Continuing Operations
A reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income from Continuing Operations to Net loss is provided in the following table:
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Net loss from continuing operations
$
(378,404
)
$
(81,211
)
$
(1,418,652
)
Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
-
2,346
3,757
Add:
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset
275,170
43,500
1,572,523
Gain on deconsolidation of subsidiaries
-
(58,891
)
-
Equity-based compensation of Karman Topco L.P. (a)
(2,524
)
(6,934
)
Changes in fair value of warrant liability
(584
)
(286
)
(21,236
)
Fair value adjustments related to contingent consideration related to acquisitions (b)
1,678
11,152
6,572
Acquisition and divestiture related expenses (c)
(1,168
)
3,206
18,950
Restructuring expenses (d)
30,051
-
-
Reorganization expenses (e)
88,800
56,133
5,970
Litigation expenses (recovery) (f)
(1,940
)
9,519
5,357
Loss of disposal of assets
-
-
2,863
Amortization of intangible assets (g)
177,296
186,827
189,064
Costs associated with COVID-19, net of benefits received (h)
-
3,283
7,208
Gain on repurchases of Term Loan Facility and Senior Secured Notes debt (i)
(7,091
)
(8,665
)
-
Costs associated with the Take 5 Matter, net of (recoveries) (j)
1,845
(1,380
)
2,465
Tax adjustments related to non-GAAP adjustments (k)
(110,664
)
(79,519
)
(204,770
)
Adjusted Net Income from Continuing Operations
$
75,712
$
78,798
$
155,623
(a)
Represents expenses related to (i) equity-based compensation expense associated with grants of Common Series D Units of Topco made to one of the Advantage Sponsors and (ii) equity-based compensation expense associated with the Common Series C Units of Topco.
(b)
Represents adjustments to the estimated fair value of our contingent consideration liabilities related to our acquisitions, for the applicable periods.
(c)
Represents fees and costs associated with activities related to our acquisitions, divestitures, and related activities, including professional fees, due diligence, and integration activities.
(d)
Restructuring charges including programs designed to integrate and reduce costs intended to further improve efficiencies in operational activities and align cost structures consistent with revenue levels associated with business changes. Restructuring expenses include costs associated with the VERP and special termination benefits associated with the 2024 RIF and other optimization initiatives.
(e)
Represents fees and costs associated with various internal reorganization activities, including professional fees, lease exit costs, severance, and nonrecurring compensation costs.
(f)
Represents legal settlements, reserves, and expenses that are unusual or infrequent costs associated with our operating activities.
(g)
Represents the amortization of intangible assets recorded in connection with the 2014 Topco Acquisition and our other acquisitions.
(h)
Represents (i) costs related to implementation of strategies for workplace safety in response to COVID-19, including employee-relief fund, additional sick pay for front-line teammates, medical benefit payments for furloughed teammates, and personal protective equipment; and (ii) benefits received from government grants for COVID-19 relief.
(i)
Represents gains associated with the repurchases of Term Loan Facility and Senior Secured Notes, net of deferred financing fees related to repricing of Term Loan Facility. For additional information, refer to Note 8-Debt to our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
(j)
Represents cash receipts from an insurance policy for claims related to the Take 5 Matter and costs associated with investigation and remediation activities related to the Take 5 Matter, primarily professional fees and other related costs.
(k)
Represents the tax benefit associated with the adjustments above, taking into account the Company’s applicable tax rates, after excluding adjustments related to items that do not have a related tax impact.
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations, Adjusted EBITDA from Discontinued Operations and Adjusted EBITDA by Segment are supplemental non-GAAP financial measures of our operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations and Adjusted EBITDA from Discontinued Operations mean net loss from continuing operations before (i) interest expense (net), (ii) provision for (benefit from) income taxes, (iii) depreciation, (iv) amortization of intangible assets, (v) impairment of goodwill, (vi) changes in fair value of warrant liability, (vii) stock-based compensation expense, (viii) equity-based compensation of Karman Topco L.P., (ix) fair value adjustments of contingent consideration related to acquisitions, (x) acquisition and divestiture related expenses, (xi) (gain) loss on divestitures, (xii) restructuring expenses, (xiii) reorganization expenses, (xiv) litigation expenses (recovery), (xv) costs associated with COVID-19, net of benefits received, (xvi) costs associated with (recovery from) the Take 5 Matter, (xvii) EBITDA for economic interests in investments and (xviii) other adjustments that management believes are helpful in evaluating our operating performance.
Adjusted EBITDA by Segment means, with respect to each segment, operating income (loss) from continuing operations before (i) depreciation, (ii) amortization of intangible assets, (iii) impairment of goodwill, (iv) stock-based compensation expense, (v) equity-based compensation of Karman Topco L.P., (vi) fair value adjustments of contingent consideration related to acquisitions, (vii) acquisition and divestiture related expenses, (viii) restructuring expenses, (ix) reorganization expenses, (x) litigation expenses (recovery), (xi) costs associated with COVID-19, net of benefits received, (xii) costs associated with (recovery from) the Take 5 Matter, (xiii) EBITDA for economic interests in investments and (xiv) other adjustments that management believes are helpful in evaluating our operating performance, in each case, attributable to such segment.
Unallocated shared costs associated with discontinued operations from certain shared administrative functions, through the close of the discontinued operations; excluded from income from discontinued operations as they are not a direct cost of the discontinued business but a result of indirect allocations, including but not limited to, information technology, human resources, finance and accounting, supply chain, and commercial operations. Subsequent to the close of the divestitures, amounts attributable to unallocated shared costs would be mitigated through income from transition services agreements, subsequent strategic or restructuring initiatives, elimination of extraneous costs, or re-allocations or absorption of existing continuing operations. See Note 2-Discontinued Operations, Deconsolidation of European Joint Venture, Divestitures and Acquisitions in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further details.
We present Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations, Adjusted EBITDA from Discontinued Operations and Adjusted EBITDA by Segment because they are key operating measures used by us to assess our financial performance. These measures adjust for items that we believe do not reflect the ongoing operating performance of our business, such as certain non-cash items, unusual or infrequent items or items that change from period to period without any material relevance to our operating performance. We evaluate these measures in conjunction with our results according to GAAP because we believe they provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business than GAAP measures alone. Furthermore, the agreements governing our indebtedness contain covenants and other tests based on measures substantially similar to Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations and Adjusted EBITDA from Discontinued Operations. None of Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations, Adjusted EBITDA from Discontinued Operations nor Adjusted EBITDA by Segment should be considered as an alternative for our Net income from discontinued operations, our most directly comparable measure presented on a GAAP basis. Non-GAAP financial measures are subject to inherent limitations as they reflect the exercise of judgments by management about which expense and income are excluded or included in determining these non-GAAP financial measures. Additionally, other companies may calculate non-GAAP measures differently, or may use other measures to calculate their financial performance, and therefore our non-GAAP measures may not be directly comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations to Net loss from continuing operations is provided in the following table:
Continuing Operations
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Net loss from continuing operations
$
(378,404
)
$
(81,211
)
(1,418,652
)
Add:
Interest expense, net
146,792
165,734
104,387
Benefit from income taxes from continuing operations
(62,787
)
(37,648
)
(158,442
)
Depreciation and amortization
204,553
208,856
216,046
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset
275,170
43,500
1,572,523
Gain on deconsolidation of subsidiaries
-
(58,891
)
-
Loss on divestitures
-
-
2,863
Changes in fair value of warrant liability
(584
)
(286
)
(21,236
)
Stock-based compensation expense (a)
31,019
38,933
35,101
Equity-based compensation of Karman Topco L.P. (b)
(2,524
)
(6,934
)
Fair value adjustments related to contingent consideration related to acquisitions (c)
1,678
11,152
6,572
Acquisition and divestiture related expenses (d)
(1,168
)
3,206
18,950
Restructuring expenses (e)
30,051
-
-
Reorganization expenses (f)
88,800
56,133
5,971
Litigation (recovery) expenses (g)
(1,940
)
9,519
5,357
Costs associated with COVID-19, net of benefits received (h)
-
3,283
7,208
Costs associated with the Take 5 Matter, net of (recoveries) (i)
1,845
(1,380
)
2,465
EBITDA for economic interests in investments (j)
20,266
(6,128
)
(13,686
)
Adjusted EBITDA from Continuing Operations
$
356,014
$
352,248
$
358,493
Reconciliations of Adjusted EBITDA from Discontinued Operations to Net income from discontinued operations is provided in the following table:
Discontinued Operations
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Net income from discontinued operations, net of tax
$
53,634
$
20,829
$
41,350
Add:
Interest expense, net
Provision for income taxes from discontinued operations
41,318
8,639
13,104
Depreciation and amortization
4,695
15,841
17,029
(Gain) loss on divestitures (k)
(95,099
)
19,068
-
Stock-based compensation expense (a)
(2,808
)
3,947
4,724
Fair value adjustments related to contingent consideration related to acquisitions (c)
1,883
(790
)
(1,798
)
Acquisition and divestiture related expenses (d)
5,537
3,818
2,089
Reorganization expenses (f)
9,535
EBITDA for economic interests in investments (j)
(384
)
(274
)
Adjusted EBITDA from Discontinued Operations
$
18,359
$
72,034
$
77,492
Financial information by segment, including a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA by Segment to operating (loss) income is provided in the following table:
Branded Services segment
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Operating (loss) income
$
(318,573
)
$
27,193
(757,258
)
Add:
Depreciation and amortization
130,212
140,932
144,354
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset
275,170
43,500
831,008
Gain on deconsolidation of subsidiaries
-
(58,891
)
-
Loss on divestitures
-
-
2,863
Stock-based compensation expense (a)
12,391
15,651
10,120
Equity-based compensation of Karman Topco L.P. (b)
2,445
(687
)
(2,650
)
Fair value adjustments related to contingent consideration related to acquisitions (c)
1,678
11,136
6,572
Acquisition and divestiture related expenses (d)
1,777
8,167
Restructuring expenses (e)
19,343
-
-
Reorganization expenses (f)
35,910
28,739
3,434
Litigation expenses (g)
2,181
-
Costs associated with COVID-19, net of benefits received (h)
-
(323
)
2,600
Costs associated with the Take 5 Matter, net of (recoveries) (i)
1,845
(1,380
)
2,465
EBITDA for economic interests in investments (j)
20,266
(6,145
)
(13,663
)
Branded Services segment Adjusted EBITDA
$
181,465
$
203,683
$
238,012
Experiential Services segment
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Operating income (loss)
$
$
3,295
(371,900
)
Add:
Depreciation and amortization
41,728
36,584
37,906
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset
-
-
354,452
Stock-based compensation expense (a)
7,761
(3,420
)
(1,342
)
Equity-based compensation of Karman Topco L.P. (b)
(825
)
(805
)
(1,698
)
Fair value adjustments related to contingent consideration related to acquisitions (c)
-
-
Acquisition and divestiture related expenses (d)
3,357
Restructuring expenses (e)
4,368
-
-
Reorganization expenses (f)
21,757
12,099
1,506
Litigation expenses (recoveries) (g)
1,842
(700
)
Costs associated with COVID-19, net of benefits received (h)
-
2,889
3,968
Experiential Services segment Adjusted EBITDA
$
75,697
$
53,003
$
25,549
Retailer Services segment
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Operating (loss) income
$
23,335
$
16,101
(364,785
)
Add:
Depreciation and amortization
32,613
31,340
33,786
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset
-
-
387,063
Stock-based compensation expense (a)
10,867
26,702
26,323
Equity-based compensation of Karman Topco L.P. (b)
(897
)
(1,032
)
(2,586
)
Fair value adjustments related to contingent consideration related to acquisitions (c)
-
-
Acquisition and divestiture related expenses (d)
(1,383
)
7,426
Restructuring expenses (e)
6,340
-
-
Reorganization expenses (f)
31,133
15,295
1,031
Litigation (recovery) expenses (g)
(3,156
)
5,496
6,057
Costs associated with COVID-19, net of benefits received (h)
-
EBITDA for economic interests in investments (j)
-
(23
)
Retailer Services segment Adjusted EBITDA
$
98,852
$
95,562
$
94,932
(a)
Represents non-cash compensation expense related to performance stock units, restricted stock units, and stock options under the 2020 Advantage Solutions Incentive Award Plan and the Advantage Solutions 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
(b)
Represents expenses related to (i) equity-based compensation expense associated with grants of Common Series D Units of Topco made to one of the Advantage Sponsors and (ii) equity-based compensation expense associated with the Common Series C Units of Topco.
(c)
Represents adjustments to the estimated fair value of our contingent consideration liabilities related to our acquisitions, for the applicable periods.
(d)
Represents fees and costs associated with activities related to our acquisitions, divestitures, and related reorganization activities, including professional fees, due diligence, and integration activities.
(e)
Restructuring charges including programs designed to integrate and reduce costs intended to further improve efficiencies in operational activities and align cost structures consistent with revenue levels associated with business changes. Restructuring expenses include costs associated with the VERP and special termination benefits associated with the 2024 RIF and other optimization initiatives.
(f)
Represents fees and costs associated with various internal reorganization activities, including professional fees, lease exit costs, severance, and nonrecurring compensation costs.
(g)
Represents legal settlements, reserves, and expenses that are unusual or infrequent costs associated with our operating activities.
(h)
Represents (i) costs related to implementation of strategies for workplace safety in response to COVID-19, including employee-relief fund, additional sick pay for front-line teammates, medical benefit payments for furloughed teammates, and personal protective equipment; and (ii) benefits received from government grants for COVID-19 relief.
(i)
Represents cash receipts from an insurance policy for claims related to the Take 5 Matter and costs associated with investigation and remediation activities related to the Take 5 Matter, primarily professional fees and other related costs.
(j)
Represents additions to reflect our proportional share of Adjusted EBITDA related to our equity method investments and reductions to remove the Adjusted EBITDA related to the minority ownership percentage of the entities that we fully consolidate in our financial statements.
(k)
Represents gains and losses on disposal of assets related to divestitures and losses on sale of businesses and assets held for sale, less cost to sell.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our principal sources of liquidity are cash flows from operations, borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, and other debt. Our principal uses of cash are operating expenses, working capital requirements, acquisitions, interest on debt, repayment of debt and share repurchases. Principal uses of cash used in investing activities includes our enterprise resource planning initiative, which includes upgrading our information system platform.
Share Repurchase Program
On November 9, 2021, we announced that our board of directors authorized the 2021 Share Repurchase Program pursuant to which we may repurchase up to $100.0 million of our Class A common stock.
The 2021 Share Repurchase Program does not have an expiration date but provides for suspension or discontinuation at any time. The 2021 Share Repurchase Program permits the repurchase of our Class A common stock on the open market and in other means from time to time. The timing and amount of any share repurchase is subject to prevailing market conditions, relevant securities laws and other considerations, and we are under no obligation to repurchase any specific number of shares.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, we executed open market purchases of $34.1 million of our Class A common stock under the 2021 Share Repurchase Program. As of December 31, 2024, there remained $47.1 million of share repurchase availability under the 2021 Share Repurchase Program. In December 2023, we entered into a trading plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act
authorizing the repurchase of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock. From January 2, 2024 to April 24, 2024, we purchased 4.8 million shares of our Class A common stock. In June 2024, we entered into another trading plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act authorizing the repurchase of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock. From June 26, 2024 to August 13, 2024, we purchased 4.0 million shares of our Class A common stock.
We anticipate that our cash from operations, together with our current borrowing capacity, will be sufficient to fund purchases of our Class A common stock pursuant to the 2021 Share Repurchase Program and pay principal and interest as it comes due under our debt arrangements.
Cash Flows
A summary of cash provided by or used in our operating, investing and financing activities from continuing operations are shown in the following table:
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
93,095
$
228,492
$
104,705
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
206,446
(50,515
)
(106,100
)
Net cash used in financing activities
(211,417
)
(178,396
)
(31,381
)
Net effect of foreign currency changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
(4,575
)
1,800
(7,872
)
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
$
83,549
$
1,381
$
(40,648
)
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2024 consisted of net loss from continuing operations of $378.4 million adjusted for certain non-cash items, including impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset of $275.2 million, gain on repurchases of Senior Secured Notes and Term Loan Facility, net of cost of extinguishments of $9.1 million, depreciation and amortization of $204.6 million, stock-based compensation of $31.0 million and effects of changes in working capital.
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations during the year ended December 31, 2023, consisted of net loss of $81.2 million adjusted for certain non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization of $208.9 million, impairment charges of $43.5 million, gain on deconsolidation of subsidiaries of $58.9 million, stock-based compensation of $38.9 million, fair value adjustments related to contingent consideration of $11.2 million, gain on repurchases of Term Loan Facility and Senior Secured Notes debt of $8.7 million and effects of changes in working capital.
Net cash provided by operating activities from discontinued operations during the year ended December 31, 2024, consisted of net income of $53.7 million adjusted for certain non-cash items, including gain on divestitures of $95.3 million and effects of changes in working capital.
Net cash provided by operating activities from discontinued operations during the year ended December 31, 2023, consisted of net income of $20.9 million adjusted for certain non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization of $15.8 million, loss on divestitures of $19.1 million and effects of changes in working capital.
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
Net cash provided by investing activities from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2024 primarily consisted of the proceeds from divestitures of $275.7 million, partially offset by the purchase of property and equipment and capitalized software of $55.3 million, primarily related to our ERP initiative, which includes upgrading our information system platform, and the purchase of investments in unconsolidated affiliates of $13.9 million.
Net cash provided by investing activities from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2023 included the deconsolidation of subsidiaries, net of proceeds of $31.5 million and purchases of property and equipment of $41.6 million, partially offset by proceeds from divestitures of $21.1 million.
Net cash used in investing activities from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2024 consisted of purchases of property and equipment of $2.5 million and divestitures of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash of $4.8 million.
Net cash used in investing activities from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2023 consisted of purchases of property and equipment of $4.7 million.
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities
We primarily finance our business initiatives through cash flows from operations, however, we also incur long-term debt or borrow under lines of credit when necessary to execute acquisitions. Cash flows from financing activities consisted of borrowings related to these lines of credit and subsequent payments of principal and financing fees. Additionally, many of our acquisition agreements include contingent consideration arrangements, which are generally based on the achievement of future financial performance by the operations attributable to the acquired companies. The portion of the cash payment up to the acquisition date fair value of the contingent consideration liability are classified as financing outflows, and amounts paid in excess of the acquisition date fair value of that liability are classified as operating outflows. From time to time, we may voluntarily repurchase our long-term debt to deploy capital that deleverages our balance sheet while generating a favorable rate of return.
Cash flows used in financing activities from continuing operations during the year ended December 31, 2024 were primarily related to repurchases of Senior Secured Notes and Term Loan Facility of $147.1 million, repayment of principal on our Term Loan Facility of $13.1 million, payments for taxes related to net share settlement of $12.8 million, payments of contingent consideration of $5.7 million and payments related to the share repurchase program of $34.1 million.
Cash flows used in financing activities from continuing operations during the year ended December 31, 2023 were primarily related to repurchases of Term Loan Facility and Senior Secured Notes debt of $156.6 million, repayment of principal on our Term Loan Facility of $13.5 million, payments of contingent consideration and holdback payments of $5.8 million, and open market purchases of $6.4 million of our Class A common stock under the 2021 Share Repurchase Program. This was partially offset by $2.2 million related to proceeds from shares issued under the 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
Cash flows used in financing activities from discontinued operations during the year ended December 31, 2024 were primarily related to contingent consideration payments of $4.4 million.
Cash flows provided by financing activities from discontinued operations during the year ended December 31, 2023 were primarily related to proceeds from government loans for COVID-19 relief, partially offset by principal payments on long-term debt and holdback payments.
Description of Credit Facilities
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
Advantage Sales & Marketing Inc. (the “Borrower”), our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, has (i) a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $500.0 million, subject to borrowing base capacity (as may be amended from time to time, the “Revolving Credit Facility”) and (ii) a secured first lien term loan credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $1.1 billion (as may be amended from time to time, the “Term Loan Facility” and together with the Revolving Credit Facility, the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”).
Revolving Credit Facility
Our Revolving Credit Facility provides for revolving loans and letters of credit in an aggregate amount of up to $500.0 million, subject to borrowing base capacity. Letters of credit are limited to the lesser of (a) $150.0 million and (b) the aggregate unused amount of commitments under our Revolving Credit Facility then in effect. Loans under the Revolving Credit Facility may be denominated in either U.S. dollars or Canadian dollars. Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”), will act as administrative agent and collateral agent. The Revolving Credit Facility matures five years after the date we enter into the Revolving Credit Facility. We may use borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility to fund working capital and for other general corporate purposes, including permitted acquisitions and other investments.
Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility are limited by borrowing base calculations based on the sum of specified percentages of eligible accounts receivable plus specified percentages of qualified cash, minus the amount of any applicable reserves. Borrowings will bear interest at a floating rate, which can be either an adjusted Term SOFR or Alternative Currency Spread rate plus an applicable margin or, at the Borrower’s option, a base rate or Canadian Prime Rate plus an applicable margin. The applicable margins for the Revolving Credit Facility are 1.75%, 2.00% or 2.25%, with respect to Term SOFR or Alternative Currency Spread rate borrowings and 0.75%, 1.00%, or 1.25%, with respect to base rate or Canadian Prime Rate borrowings, in each case depending on average excess availability under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Borrower’s ability to draw under the Revolving Credit Facility or
issue letters of credit thereunder will be conditioned upon, among other things, the Borrower’s delivery of prior written notice of a borrowing or issuance, as applicable, the Borrower’s ability to reaffirm the representations and warranties contained in the credit agreement governing the Revolving Credit Facility and the absence of any default or event of default thereunder.
The Borrower’s obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are guaranteed by Karman Intermediate Corp. (“Holdings”) and all of the Borrower’s direct and indirect wholly owned material U.S. subsidiaries (subject to certain permitted exceptions) and Canadian subsidiaries (subject to certain permitted exceptions, including exceptions based on immateriality thresholds of aggregate assets and revenues of Canadian subsidiaries) (the “Guarantors”). The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a lien on substantially all of Holdings’, the Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ assets (subject to certain permitted exceptions). The Borrower’s Revolving Credit Facility has a first-priority lien on the current asset collateral and a second-priority lien on security interests in the fixed asset collateral (second in priority to the liens securing the Notes and the Term Loan Facility discussed below), in each case, subject to other permitted liens.
The Revolving Credit Facility has the following fees: (i) an unused line fee of 0.375% or 0.250% per annum of the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility, depending on average excess availability under the Revolving Credit Facility; (ii) a letter of credit participation fee on the aggregate stated amount of each letter of credit equal to the applicable margin for adjusted Eurodollar rate loans, as applicable; and (iii) certain other customary fees and expenses of the lenders and agents thereunder.
The Revolving Credit Facility contains customary covenants, including, but not limited to, restrictions on the Borrower’s ability and that of our subsidiaries to merge and consolidate with other companies, incur indebtedness, grant liens or security interests on assets, make acquisitions, loans, advances or investments, pay dividends, sell or otherwise transfer assets, optionally prepay or modify terms of any junior indebtedness, enter into transactions with affiliates or change our line of business. The Revolving Credit Facility will require the maintenance of a fixed charge coverage ratio (as set forth in the credit agreement governing the Revolving Credit Facility) of 1.00 to 1.00 at the end of each fiscal quarter when excess availability is less than the greater of $25.0 million and 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and maximum borrowing capacity. Such fixed charge coverage ratio will be tested at the end of each quarter until such time as excess availability exceeds the level set forth above.
The Revolving Credit Facility provides that, upon the occurrence of certain events of default, the Borrower’s obligations thereunder may be accelerated and the lending commitments terminated. Such events of default include payment defaults to the lenders thereunder, material inaccuracies of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, voluntary and involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency, corporate arrangement, winding-up, liquidation or similar proceedings, material money judgments, material pension-plan events, certain change of control events and other customary events of default.
On October 28, 2021, the Borrower and Holdings entered into the First Amendment to ABL Revolving Credit Agreement, which amended the ABL Revolving Credit Agreement, dated October 28, 2020, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, as administrative agent (the “Prior Revolving Credit Facility”). This amendment was entered into by the Borrower to amend certain terms and provisions, including (i) reducing the interest rate floor for Eurocurrency rate loans from 0.50% to 0.00% and base rate loans from 1.50% to 1.00%, and (ii) updating the provisions by which U.S. Dollar LIBOR will eventually be replaced with SOFR or another interest rate benchmark to reflect the most recent standards and practices used in the industry.
On December 2, 2022, Borrower, Holdings and certain of the Borrower’s subsidiaries, entered into the Second Amendment to ABL Revolving Credit Agreement (the “Second Amendment”), which amends the ABL Revolving Credit Agreement, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, as administrative agent, and the other parties thereto. The Second Amendment was entered into by the Borrower to amend certain terms and provisions of the ABL Revolving Credit Agreement, including, among other things: (i) increasing the aggregate amount of maximum revolving commitments available from $400.0 million to $500.0 million; (ii) replacing the Eurocurrency Rate interest rate metric with a metric based on Term SOFR (as defined in the Second Amendment), whereby applicable borrowings in United States dollars will bear interest at a floating rate based on Term SOFR plus an applicable margin; (iii) reducing each applicable interest rate pricing tier based on the Average Historical Excess Availability (as defined therein) with respect to Term SOFR borrowings, Alternative Currency borrowings, base rate borrowings and Canadian Prime Rate borrowings, in each case for each pricing tier by 0.25% per annum; and (iv) extending the scheduled maturity date of the borrowings to December 2, 2027.
Term Loan Facility
The Term Loan Facility consists of a term loan credit facility denominated in U.S. dollars in an aggregate principal amount of $1.106 billion. Borrowings under the Term Loan Facility amortize in equal quarterly installments in an amount equal to 1.00% per
annum of the principal amount. Borrowings will bear interest at a floating rate of Term SOFR plus an applicable margin of 4.25% per annum, subject to additional spread adjustment on SOFR ranging from 0.11% to 0.26%.
The Borrower may voluntarily prepay loans or reduce commitments under the Term Loan Facility, in whole or in part, subject to minimum amounts, with prior notice but without premium or penalty.
The Borrower will be required to prepay the Term Loan Facility with 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales (such percentage subject to reduction based on the achievement of specific first lien net leverage ratios) and subject to certain reinvestment rights, 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain debt issuances and 50% of excess cash flow (such percentage subject to reduction based on the achievement of specific first lien net leverage ratios).
The Borrower’s obligations under the Term Loan Facility are guaranteed by Holdings and the Guarantors. Our Term Loan Facility is secured by a lien on substantially all of Holdings’, the Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ assets (subject to certain permitted exceptions). The Term Loan Facility has a first- priority lien on the fixed asset collateral (equal in priority with the liens securing the Notes) and a second-priority lien on security interests in the current asset collateral (second in priority to the liens securing the Revolving Credit Facility), in each case, subject to other permitted liens.
The Term Loan Facility contains certain customary negative covenants, including, but not limited to, restrictions on the Borrower’s ability and that of our restricted subsidiaries to merge and consolidate with other companies, incur indebtedness, grant liens or security interests on assets, pay dividends or make other restricted payments, sell or otherwise transfer assets or enter into transactions with affiliates.
The Term Loan Facility provides that, upon the occurrence of certain events of default, the Borrower’s obligations thereunder may be accelerated. Such events of default will include payment defaults to the lenders thereunder, material inaccuracies of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, voluntary and involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency, corporate arrangement, winding-up, liquidation or similar proceedings, material money judgments, change of control and other customary events of default.
On October 28, 2021, the Borrower, Holdings, and certain of the Borrower’s subsidiaries, entered into Amendment No. 1 to the First Lien Credit Agreement (the “First Lien Amendment”), which amended the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated October 28, 2020, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, Bank of America, as administrative agent and collateral agent, each lender party from time-to-time thereto, and the other parties thereto. The First Lien Amendment was entered into by the Borrower to reduce the applicable interest rate on the term loan from 5.25% to 4.50% per annum, resulting in estimated interest savings of approximately $9.9 million or $7.3 million, net of tax, per annum. Additional terms and provisions amended include (i) resetting the period for six months following October 28, 2021 in which a 1.00% prepayment premium shall apply to any prepayment of the term loan in connection with certain repricing events, and (ii) updating the provisions by which U.S. Dollar LIBOR will eventually be replaced with SOFR or another interest rate benchmark to reflect the most recent standards and practices used in the industry and by Bank of America. In May 2023 the Company amended the Term Loan Facility to replace the U.S. Dollar LIBOR provisions with SOFR, effective June 30, 2023. In April 2024 (the “Third Lien Amendment Effective Date”), the Company amended the Term Loan Facility to (i) reduce the applicable interest rate margin (a) from 4.50% to 4.25% for SOFR loans or (b) from 3.50% to 3.25% for base rate loans; and (ii) reset the period for six months following the Third Lien Amendment Effective Date in which a 1.00% prepayment premium shall apply to any prepayment of the term loans in connection with a Repricing Event (as defined in the amended First Lien Credit Agreement).
Senior Secured Notes
Effective as of October 28, 2020, Advantage Solutions FinCo LLC (“Finco”) issued $775.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2028 (the “Notes”). Substantially concurrently with the issuance, Finco merged with and into Advantage Sales & Marketing Inc. (the “Issuer”), with the Issuer continuing as the surviving entity and assuming the obligations of Finco. The Notes were sold to certain financial institutions that then resold the Notes to certain non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act, and to persons reasonably believed to be qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act at a purchase price equal to 100% of their principal amount. The terms of the Notes are governed by an Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2020 (the “Indenture”), among Finco, the Issuer, the guarantors named therein (the “Notes Guarantors”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent.
Interest and maturity
Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 at a rate of 6.50% per annum, commencing on May 15, 2021. The Notes will mature on November 15, 2028.
Guarantees
The Notes are guaranteed by Holdings and each of the Issuer’s direct and indirect wholly owned material U.S. subsidiaries (subject to certain permitted exceptions) and Canadian subsidiaries (subject to certain permitted exceptions, including exceptions based on immateriality thresholds of aggregate assets and revenues of Canadian subsidiaries) that is a borrower or guarantor under the Term Loan Facility.
Security and ranking
The Notes and the related guarantees are the general, senior secured obligations of the Issuer and the Notes Guarantors, are secured on a first-priority pari passu basis by security interests on the fixed asset collateral (equal in priority with liens securing the Term Loan Facility), and are secured on a second-priority basis by security interests on the current asset collateral (second in priority to the liens securing the Revolving Credit Facility and equal in priority with liens securing the Term Loan Facility), in each case, subject to certain limitations and exceptions and permitted liens.
The Notes and related guarantees rank (i) equally in right of payment with all of the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ senior indebtedness, without giving effect to collateral arrangements (including the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) and effectively equal to all of the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ senior indebtedness secured on the same priority basis as the Notes, including the Term Loan Facility, (ii) effectively subordinated to any of the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ indebtedness that is secured by assets that do not constitute collateral for the Notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and to indebtedness that is secured by a senior-priority lien, including the Revolving Credit Facility to the extent of the value of the current asset collateral and (iii) structurally subordinated to the liabilities of the Issuer’s non-Guarantor subsidiaries.
Optional redemption for the Notes
The Notes are redeemable at the applicable redemption prices specified in the Indenture plus accrued and unpaid interest. If the Issuer or its restricted subsidiaries sell certain of their respective assets or experience specific kinds of changes of control, subject to certain exceptions, the Issuer must offer to purchase the Notes at par. In connection with any offer to purchase all Notes, if holders of no less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes validly tender their Notes, the Issuer is entitled to redeem any remaining Notes at the price offered to each holder. The Issuer may voluntarily prepay loans or reduce commitments under the Notes, in whole or in part without premium or penalty.
Restrictive covenants
The Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things limit the Issuer’s ability and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to: incur additional indebtedness or guarantee indebtedness; pay dividends or make other distributions in respect of, or repurchase or redeem, the Issuer’s or a parent entity’s capital stock; prepay, redeem or repurchase certain indebtedness; issue certain preferred stock or similar equity securities; make loans and investments; sell or otherwise dispose of assets; incur liens; enter into transactions with affiliates; enter into agreements restricting the Issuer’s subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of the Issuer’s assets. Most of these covenants will be suspended on the Notes when they have investment grade ratings from both Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and S&P Global Ratings and so long as no default or event of default under the Indenture has occurred and is continuing.
Events of default
The following constitute events of default under the Notes, among others: default in the payment of interest; default in the payment of principal; failure to comply with covenants; failure to pay other indebtedness after final maturity or acceleration of other indebtedness exceeding a specified amount; certain events of bankruptcy; failure to pay a judgment for payment of money exceeding a specified aggregate amount; voidance of subsidiary guarantees; failure of any material provision of any security document or intercreditor agreement to be in full force and effect; and lack of perfection of liens on a material portion of the collateral, in each case subject to applicable grace periods.
Contractual Obligations
The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2024:
(in thousands)
Total
Current
Long-Term
Operating lease liabilities(1)
$
37,971
$
13,323
$
24,648
Client deposits(2)
12,906
12,906
-
Total debt excluding deferred issuance costs(3)
1,699,940
13,250
1,686,690
Other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets
Unpaid claims(4)
69,635
35,913
33,722
Restructuring and reorganization(5)
15,598
15,598
-
Total contractual obligations
$
1,836,050
$
90,990
$
1,745,060
(1)Refer to Note 9-Leases of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024 for additional information regarding the maturity of operating lease liabilities.
(2)Represents payments collected from our clients, primarily, associated with market development funds that arise out of our business.
(3)We have an aggregate principal amount of $1.106 billion borrowing on the Term Loan Facility, which bears the applicable interest rate of 4.25% per annum, and $615.1 million in Senior Secured Notes, which is subject to a fixed interest rate of 6.5%. Refer to Note 8 - Debt of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024 for additional information regarding the maturities of debt principal. Total debt excluding deferred issuance costs does not include the obligation of future interest payments.
(4)Represents $59.4 million of an estimated liability under our workers’ compensation programs for claims incurred but unpaid and $10.3 million of employee insurance reserves as of December 31, 2024.
(5)Refer to Note 7-Restructuring of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024 for additional information regarding our restructuring and reorganization activities.
Cash and Cash Equivalents Held Outside the United States
As of December 31, 2024, and 2023, $65.0 million and $44.0 million, respectively, of our cash and cash equivalents were held by foreign subsidiaries. The increase in cash and cash equivalents held by foreign subsidiaries during the year ended December 31, 2024 was primarily due to an increase in cash held by our Canadian subsidiary. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, $18.5 million and $24.6 million, respectively, of our cash and cash equivalents were held by foreign branches.
We assessed our determination as to our indefinite reinvestment intent for certain of our foreign subsidiaries and recorded a deferred tax liability of approximately $0.6 million of withholding tax as of December 31, 2024 for unremitted earnings in Canada with respect to which we do not have an indefinite reinvestment assertion. We will continue to evaluate our cash needs, however we currently do not intend, nor do we foresee a need, to repatriate funds from the foreign subsidiaries except for Canada. We have continued to assert indefinite reinvestment on all other earnings as it is necessary for continuing operations and to grow the business. If at a point in the future our assertion changes, we will evaluate tax-efficient means to repatriate the earnings. In addition, we expect existing domestic cash and cash flows from operations to continue to be sufficient to fund our domestic operating activities and cash commitments for investing and financing activities, such as debt repayment and capital expenditures, for at least the next 12 months and thereafter for the foreseeable future. If we should require more capital in the United States than is generated by our domestic operations, for example, to fund significant discretionary activities such as business acquisitions or to settle debt, we could elect to repatriate future earnings from foreign jurisdictions. These alternatives could result in higher income tax expense or increased interest expense. Excluding Canada, we consider the remaining undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries, as of December 31, 2024, to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision has been made for taxes in excess of the $0.6 million noted above.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or liabilities, guarantee contracts, retained or contingent interests in transferred assets or any obligation arising out of a material variable interest in an unconsolidated entity. We do not have any majority-owned subsidiaries that are not included in our consolidated financial statements. Additionally, we do not have an interest in, or relationships with, any special-purpose entities.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and related notes, as well as the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. We evaluate our accounting policies, estimates and judgments on an on-going basis. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.
We evaluated the development and selection of our critical accounting policies and estimates and believe that the following involve a higher degree of judgment or complexity and are most significant to reporting our results of operations and financial position, and are therefore discussed as critical. The following critical accounting policies reflect the significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. With respect to critical accounting policies, even a relatively minor variance between actual and expected experience can potentially have a materially favorable or unfavorable impact on subsequent results of operations. More information on all of our significant accounting policies can be found in the footnotes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue when control of promised goods or services is transferred to the client in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect to be entitled to in exchange for such goods or services. Substantially all of our contracts with clients involve the transfer of a service to the client, which represents a performance obligation that is satisfied over time because the client simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the services provided. In most cases, the contracts provide for a performance obligation that is comprised of a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and that have the same pattern of transfer (i.e., distinct days of service). For these contracts, we allocate the ratable portion of the consideration based on the services provided in each period of service to such period.
Revenues related to the Branded Services segment are primarily recognized in the form of commissions, fee-for-service and cost-plus fees for providing headquarter relationship management, execution of merchandising strategies and omni-commerce marketing services.
Revenues within the Branded Services segment are further disaggregated between brokerage services, branded merchandising services, omni-commerce marketing services, and revenues related to our European joint venture (prior to the deconsolidation during fiscal year 2023). Brokerage services revenues are primarily outsourced sales and services for branded consumer goods manufacturers at retailer headquarters, in-store and online. Branded merchandising services relate to merchandising in-store and online for branded consumer goods manufacturers. Omni-commerce marketing services primarily relate to digital and field marketing services.
Experiential Services segment revenues are primarily recognized in the form of fee-for-service and cost-plus fees for providing in-store, digital sampling and demonstrations, where we manage highly customized, large-scale sampling programs for leading brands and retailers.
Retailer Services segment revenues are primarily recognized in the form of commissions, fee-for-service and cost-plus fees for providing consulting services related to private brand development, the execution of merchandising strategies and marketing strategies within retailer locations, including retail media networks and analyzing shopper behavior. Revenues within the Retailer Services segment are further disaggregated between advisory services, retailer merchandising services and agency services to retailers. Advisory services primarily consist of consulting services related to private brand development. Retailer merchandising services primarily relate to the execution of merchandising strategies. Agency services primarily consist of providing marketing strategies within retail locations.
Our revenue recognition policies generally result in recognition of revenues at the time services are performed. Our accounting policy for revenue recognition has an impact on our reported results and relies on certain estimates that require judgments on the part of management. We record an allowance as a reduction to revenue for differences between estimated revenues and the amounts ultimately invoiced to our clients based on our historical experience and current trends. Cash collected in advance of services being performed is recorded as deferred revenues.
We have contracts that include variable consideration whereby the ultimate consideration is contingent on future events such as the client’s sales to retailers, hours worked, event count, costs incurred and performance incentive bonuses. Commission revenues are generally earned upon performance of headquarter relationship management, analytics, insights and intelligence, e-commerce, administration and retail services arrangements. As part of these arrangements, we provide a variety of services to consumer goods manufacturers in order to improve the manufacturer’s sales to retailers. This includes primarily outsourced sales, business development, category and space management, relationship management and in-store sales strategy services. In exchange for these services, we earn an agreed upon percentage of our client’s sales to retailers, which is agreed upon on a manufacturer-by-manufacturer basis. We may be entitled to additional fees upon meeting specific performance goals or thresholds, which we refer to as bonus revenue. The variability of the consideration for the services transferred during a reporting period is typically resolved by the end of the reporting period. However, for certain client contracts, we estimate the variable consideration for the services that have been transferred to the client during the reporting period. We typically estimate the variable consideration based on the expected value method. Estimates are based on historical experience and current facts known during the reporting period. We recognize revenue related to variable consideration if it is probable that a significant reversal of revenue recognized will not occur. When such probable
threshold is not satisfied, we will constrain some or all of the variable consideration, and such constrained amount will not be recognized as revenue until the probable threshold is met or the uncertainty is resolved and the final amount is known. We record an adjustment to revenue for differences between estimated revenues and the amounts ultimately invoiced to the client. Adjustments to revenue during the current period related to services transferred during prior periods were not material for the year ended December 31, 2024.
We have contracts that include fixed consideration such as a fee per project or a fixed monthly fee. For contracts with a fee per project, revenue is recognized over time using an input method such as hours worked that reasonably depicts our performance in transferring control of the services to the client. We determined that the input method represents a reasonable method to measure the satisfaction of the performance obligation to the client. For contracts with a fixed monthly fee, revenue is recognized using a time-based measure resulting in a straight-line revenue recognition. A time-based measure was determined to represent a reasonable method to measure the satisfaction of the performance obligation to the client because we have a stand ready obligation to make itself available to provide services upon the client’s request or the client receives the benefit from our services evenly over the contract period.
We evaluate each client contract individually in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance to determine whether we act as a principal (whereby we would present revenue on a gross basis) or as an agent (whereby we would present revenue on a net basis). While we primarily act as a principal in our arrangements and report revenues on a gross basis, given the varying terms of our client contracts, we will occasionally act as an agent and in such instances present revenues on a net basis.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired in an acquisition. We test for impairment of goodwill at the reporting unit level. We generally combine components that have similar economic characteristics, nature of services, types of client, distribution methods and regulatory environment. In connection with the Company’s reorganization and the associated change in operating segments, the Company reassessed its reporting units and concluded that it has five reporting units (Branded Services, Branded Agencies, Experiential Services, Merchandising and Retailer Agencies). As a result, the Company performed the required impairment assessments directly before and immediately after the change in reporting units as of January 1, 2024. In conjunction with the tests performed as of January 1, 2024, each of the fair values for the reporting units tested was in excess of its carrying amount. The fair values of the Branded Agencies and Experiential Services reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values by less than 20%.
During the second quarter of fiscal year 2024, we determined a triggering event occurred and an impairment assessment was warranted for the Branded Agencies reporting unit goodwill due to the pending sale of one of the businesses that comprised a substantial portion of the assets, liabilities, and prospective cash flows of the Branded Agencies reporting unit. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2024, we determined a triggering event occurred and an impairment assessment was warranted for the Branded Services reporting unit goodwill due to the loss of clients and a reduction in the scope of client services as our clients implemented internal cost reduction initiatives in response to challenges in the broader markets in which they operate.
We utilize a combination of income and market approaches to estimate the fair value of our reporting units. The income approach utilizes estimates of discounted cash flows of the reporting units, which requires assumptions for the reporting units’ revenue growth rates, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) margins, terminal growth rates, discount rates, and incremental net working capital, all of which require significant management judgment.
The market approach applies market multiples derived from the historical earnings data of selected guideline publicly-traded companies to our reporting units’ businesses to yield a second assumed value of each reporting unit, which requires significant management judgment. The guideline companies are first screened by industry group and then further narrowed based on the reporting units’ business descriptions, markets served, competitors, EBITDA margins and revenue size. Market multiples are then selected from within the range of these guideline companies’ multiples based on the subject reporting unit. We compare a weighted average of the output from the income and market approaches to the carrying value of each reporting unit. We also compare the aggregate estimated fair value of our reporting units to the estimated value of our total market capitalization. The assumptions in the income and market approach are based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represent Level 3 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. We based our fair value estimates on assumptions we believe to be reasonable but which are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. A change in these underlying assumptions would cause a change in the results of the tests and, as such, could cause fair value to be less than the carrying amounts and result in an impairment of goodwill in the future. Additionally, if actual results are not consistent with the estimates and assumptions or if there are significant changes to our planned strategy, it may cause fair value to be less than the carrying amounts and result in an impairment of goodwill in the future.
During the second quarter of fiscal year 2024, we determined a triggering event occurred and an impairment assessment was warranted for the Branded Agencies reporting unit goodwill due to the pending sale of one of the businesses that comprised a substantial portion of the assets, liabilities and prospective cash flows of the Branded Agencies reporting unit. As a result of the impairment test performed, we recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $99.7 million related to the Company's Branded Agencies reporting unit goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2024, which has been reflected in “Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. As a result of this charge, an immaterial amount of goodwill remains in this reporting unit.
The following table represents a sensitivity analysis on the goodwill impairment charge (under the income approach without consideration to the market approach) for the Branded Agencies reporting unit depicting the percent increase in the $99.7 million charge had the fair value been estimated with a 0.5% increase in the discount rate used, a 1.0% decrease in the long-term growth rate and a 1.0% increase in the net working capital assumptions used at May 31, 2024.
Assumption Change
% Increase in Impairment Charge
0.5% increase in discount rate
5.0
%
1.0% decrease in long-term growth rate
4.2
%
1.0% increase in incremental working capital
2.5
%
In connection with the annual quantitative impairment test as of October 1, 2024, we concluded that the goodwill was not impaired as of October 1, 2024. Additionally, no triggering events were identified for the Branded Agencies, Experiential Services, Merchandising and Retailer Agencies reporting units through December 31, 2024. The fair values of the Branded Services, Branded Agencies and Merchandising reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values by less than 20%.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2024, the Company identified a triggering event that required an impairment assessment of goodwill for the Branded Services reporting unit. The triggering event was due to the loss of clients and a reduction in the scope of client services as the Company’s clients implemented internal cost reduction initiatives in response to challenges in the broader markets in which they operate. As a result of the goodwill impairment test, the Company recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $133.5 million related to the Branded Services reporting unit during the year ended December 31, 2024. This charge is reflected in “Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
The following table represents a sensitivity analysis on the goodwill impairment charge (under the income approach without consideration to the market approach) for the Branded Services reporting unit depicting the percent increase in the $133.5 million charge had the fair value been estimated with a 0.1% increase in the discount rate used, a 0.1% decrease in the long-term growth rate and a 1.0% increase in the net working capital assumptions used at December 31, 2024. Under each of the sensitivity scenarios presented, the resulting impairment charge would fully reduce the goodwill balance of the Branded Services reporting unit to zero as of December 31, 2024.
Assumption Change
% Increase in Impairment Charge
0.1% increase in discount rate
23.9
%
0.1% decrease in long-term growth rate
27.5
%
1.0% increase in incremental working capital
24.3
%
The uncertainty and volatility in the economic environment which we operate could have an impact on our future growth and could result in future impairment charges. There is no assurance that actual future earnings, cash flows or other assumptions for the reporting units will not significantly decline from these projections.
Indefinite-Lived Asset
Our indefinite-lived intangible asset is comprised of our trade name. The intangible asset with an indefinite useful life is not amortized but tested annually, at the beginning of the fourth quarter, for impairment or more often if events occur or circumstances change that would create a triggering event. We have the option to perform a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset’s fair value is less than its carrying value before performing a quantitative impairment test. We test our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment using a relief from royalty method by comparing the estimated fair values of the indefinite-lived intangible assets with the carrying values. The estimates used in the determination of fair value are subjective in nature and involve the use of significant assumptions. These estimates and assumptions include revenue growth rates, terminal growth rate, discount rates and royalty rate, which requires significant management judgment. The assumptions are based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represent Level 3 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. We base our fair value estimates on assumptions we believe to be reasonable, but which are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. Actual future results may differ from the estimates.
In connection with our annual quantitative impairment tests as of October 1, 2024 and 2023, we concluded that our indefinite-lived intangible asset was not impaired.
During the fourth quarter of December 31, 2024, we recognized an intangible asset impairment charge of $42.0 million as a result of the triggering event for the Branded Services reporting unit.
The following table represents a sensitivity analysis on the indefinite-lived trade name intangible asset depicting the percent increase in the $42.0 million charge related to the indefinite-lived trade name had the fair value been estimated with a 0.1% increase in the discount rate used and a 0.1% decrease in the royalty rate used at December 31, 2024.
Assumption Change
% Increase in Impairment Charge
0.5% increase in discount rate
70.6
%
0.1% increase in royalty rate
40.0
%
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2023, we determined a triggering event occurred and an impairment assessment was warranted for our indefinite-lived trade name due to the deconsolidation of our European joint venture and the planned divestitures of a collection of foodservice businesses. As a result, we recognized an intangible asset impairment charge of $43.5 million related to our indefinite-lived trade name during the year ended December 31, 2023, which has been reflected in “Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
Stock-Based Compensation
Performance restricted stock units (“PSUs”) are subject to the achievement of certain performance conditions based on measurements of our Adjusted EBITDA margin and cash earnings in the respective measurement period and the recipient’s continued service to us. The PSUs are scheduled to vest over a three-year period from the date of grant and may vest from 0% to 200% of the number of shares. The fair value of PSU grants was equal to the closing price of our stock on the date of the applicable grant. Restricted stock units (“RSUs”) are subject to the recipient’s continued service to us. The RSUs are generally scheduled to vest in increments of one-third over a three year period and are subject to the provisions of the RSU agreement under the Advantage Solutions. Inc. 2020 Incentive Award Plan, as amended and restated (the “Plan”).
Refer to Note 12-Stock Based Compensation and Other Benefit Plans to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for details regarding stock-based compensation plans.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
Refer to Note 1-Organization and Significant Accounting Policies - Recent Accounting Pronouncements, to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

---

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Foreign Currency Risk
Our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations is primarily the result of foreign subsidiaries and foreign branches primarily domiciled in Canada. We use financial derivative instruments to hedge foreign currency exchange rate risks associated with our Canadian operations.
The assets and liabilities of our foreign subsidiaries and foreign branches, whose functional currencies are primarily Canadian dollars are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing during the period. The cumulative translation effects for subsidiaries using a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. We estimate that had the exchange rate in each country unfavorably changed by ten percent relative to the U.S. dollar, our consolidated loss before taxes would have increased by approximately $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024.
Interest Rate Risk
Interest rate exposure relates primarily to the effect of interest rate changes on borrowings outstanding under the Term Loan Facility, Revolving Credit Facility and Notes.
We manage our interest rate risk through the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, we have entered into interest rate collar agreements to manage our exposure to potential interest rate increases that may result from fluctuations in SOFR. We do not designate these derivatives as hedges for accounting purposes, and as a result, all changes in the fair value of derivatives, used to hedge interest rates, are recorded in “Interest expense, net” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
As of December 31, 2024, we had interest rate collar contracts with an aggregate notional value of $850.0 million principal from various financial institutions to manage our exposure to interest rate movements on variable rate credit facilities. The interest rate collars will mature on April 5, 2026, 2027 and 2028. The aggregate fair value of our interest rate collars represented an outstanding net asset of $0.8 million as of December 31, 2024.
Holding other variables constant, a change of one-eighth percentage point in the weighted average interest rate above the floor of 0.75% on the Term Loan Facility and Revolving Credit Facility would have resulted in an increase of $0.8 million in interest expense, net of gains from interest rate collars and caps, for the year ended December 31, 2024.
In the future, in order to manage our interest rate risk, we may refinance our existing debt, enter into additional interest rate collar agreements or modify our existing interest rate collar agreements. However, we do not intend or expect to enter into derivative or interest rate collar transactions for speculative purposes.

---

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 238)
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Schedule I-Condensed Registrant Only Financial Information of Advantage Solutions Inc. as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Advantage Solutions Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, of stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, including the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.
Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Interim and Annual Goodwill Impairment Assessments - Certain Reporting Units
As described in Notes 1 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s goodwill balance was $477.0 million as of December 31, 2024, the majority of which related to the Branded Agencies, Experiential Services, Branded Services, and Merchandising reporting units. Management tests its goodwill for impairment at the beginning of the fourth quarter of a given fiscal year and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of a reporting unit may exceed its fair value. When it is determined that a quantitative impairment test should be performed, if the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, goodwill is impaired and the excess of the reporting unit’s carrying value over the fair value is recognized as an impairment loss; however, the loss recognized would not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Management utilizes a combination of income and market approaches to estimate the fair value of its reporting units. The income approach utilizes estimates of discounted cash flows of the reporting units, which requires assumptions for the reporting units' revenue growth rates, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA) margins, terminal growth rates, capital cost expenditures as a percentage of revenue, discount rates, and incremental net working capital, all of which require significant management judgment. The market approach applies market multiples derived from the historical earnings data of selected guideline publicly-traded companies to the Company’s reporting units’ businesses and acquisition premiums of similar businesses involved in recent merger and acquisition transactions, which requires significant management judgment. Effective January 1, 2024, the Company revised its reportable segments and performed an interim impairment assessment for its five reporting units’ goodwill, which did not result in an impairment charge. During the second quarter of fiscal year 2024, management determined a triggering event occurred and an impairment assessment was warranted for the Branded Agencies reporting unit goodwill, resulting in a goodwill impairment charge of $99.7 million. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2024, management determined a triggering event occurred and an impairment assessment was warranted for the Branded Services reporting unit goodwill, resulting in a goodwill impairment charge of $133.5 million.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the interim goodwill impairment assessments for the Branded Agencies, Experiential Services, and Branded Services reporting units, and the annual goodwill impairment assessments for the Branded Services and Merchandising reporting units is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when developing the fair value estimate of the reporting units; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumptions related to revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, terminal growth rates, and discount rates used in the income approach and market multiples and acquisition premium used in the market approach, as applicable to the reporting unit; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s goodwill impairment assessments, including controls over the valuation of the Branded Agencies, Experiential Services, Branded Services, and Merchandising reporting units. These procedures also included, among others (i) testing management’s process for developing the fair value estimate of the reporting units; (ii) evaluating the appropriateness of the income and market approaches used by management; (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data used in the approaches; and (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of the significant assumptions used by management related to revenue growth rates, EBITDA margins, terminal growth rates, and discount rates used in the income approach and market multiples and acquisition premium used in the market approach, as applicable to the reporting unit. Evaluating management’s assumptions related to revenue growth rates and EBITDA margins involved evaluating whether the assumptions used by management were reasonable considering (i) the current and past performance of the reporting units; (ii) the consistency with external market and industry data; and (iii) whether the assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in evaluating (i) the appropriateness of the Company’s income and market approaches and (ii) the reasonableness of the terminal growth rates, discount rates, market multiples, and acquisition premium assumptions, as applicable to the reporting unit.
Interim and Annual Indefinite-Lived Intangible Asset Impairment Assessments
As described in Notes 1 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible asset balance was $609.5 million as of December 31, 2024, which relates to the Advantage trade name. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but tested annually, at the beginning of the fourth quarter, for impairment or more often if events occur or circumstances change that would create a triggering event. Management tests its indefinite-lived intangible asset for impairment using a relief from royalty method by comparing the estimated fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset with the carrying value. The estimates used in the determination of fair value involve the use of significant assumptions, including revenue growth rates, terminal growth rate, discount rate, and royalty rate, all of which require significant management judgment. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2024, management determined a triggering event occurred and an impairment assessment was warranted, resulting in an intangible asset impairment charge of $42.0 million.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the interim and annual indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment assessments is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when developing the fair value estimate of the indefinite-lived intangible asset; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumptions related to revenue growth rates, discount rate, and royalty rate for the interim assessment, and discount rate and royalty rate for the annual assessment; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment assessments. These procedures also included, among others (i) testing management’s process for developing the fair value estimate of the indefinite-lived intangible asset; (ii) evaluating the appropriateness of the relief from royalty method used by management; (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data used in the relief from royalty method; and (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of the significant assumptions used by management related to revenue growth rates, discount rates, and royalty rates. Evaluating management’s assumptions related to revenue growth rates involved evaluating whether the assumptions used by management were reasonable considering (i) the current and past performance of the brand; (ii) the consistency with external market and industry data; and (iii) whether the assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in evaluating (i) the appropriateness of the Company’s relief from royalty method and (ii) the reasonableness of the discount rate and royalty rate assumptions.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Irvine, California
March 7, 2025
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2003.
ADVANTAGE SOLUTIONS INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31,
(in thousands, except share data)
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$
205,233
$
120,839
Restricted cash
15,518
16,363
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for expected credit losses of $13,047 and $29,294, respectively
603,069
659,499
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
86,918
115,921
Current assets of discontinued operations
-
99,412
Total current assets
910,738
1,012,034
Property and equipment, net
97,763
64,708
Goodwill
477,021
710,191
Other intangible assets, net
1,332,578
1,551,828
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates
226,510
210,829
Other assets
61,907
43,543
Other assets of discontinued operations
-
186,190
Total assets
$
3,106,517
$
3,779,323
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt
$
13,250
$
13,274
Accounts payable
158,485
172,894
Accrued compensation and benefits
129,486
161,447
Other accrued expenses
134,677
144,415
Deferred revenues
24,164
26,598
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
-
22,669
Total current liabilities
460,062
541,297
Long-term debt, net of current portion
1,686,690
1,848,118
Deferred income tax liabilities
146,889
204,136
Other long-term liabilities
64,141
74,555
Other liabilities of discontinued operations
-
7,140
Total liabilities
2,357,782
2,675,246
Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)
Equity attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
Preferred stock, no par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively
-
-
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 3,290,000,000 shares authorized; 320,773,096 and 322,235,261 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively
Additional paid in capital
3,466,221
3,449,261
Accumulated deficit
(2,641,612
)
(2,314,650
)
Loans to Karman Topco L.P.
(7,029
)
(6,387
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(15,861
)
(3,945
)
Treasury stock, at cost; 12,400,075 and 3,600,075 shares as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively
(53,016
)
(18,949
)
Total equity attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
748,735
1,105,362
Nonredeemable noncontrolling interest
-
(1,285
)
Total stockholders' equity
748,735
1,104,077
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$
3,106,517
$
3,779,323
See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
ADVANTAGE SOLUTIONS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Revenues
$
3,566,324
$
3,900,125
$
3,646,342
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)
3,059,052
3,415,046
3,173,493
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
324,596
250,235
175,360
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset
275,170
43,500
1,572,523
Gain on deconsolidation of subsidiaries
-
(58,891
)
-
Loss on divestitures
-
-
2,863
Depreciation and amortization
204,553
208,856
216,046
Income from equity method investments
(2,064
)
(5,210
)
-
Total operating expenses
3,861,307
3,853,536
5,140,285
Operating (loss) income from continuing operations
(294,983
)
46,589
(1,493,943
)
Other (income) expenses:
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities
(584
)
(286
)
(21,236
)
Interest expense, net
146,792
165,734
104,387
Total other expenses, net
146,208
165,448
83,151
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
(441,191
)
(118,859
)
(1,577,094
)
Benefit from income taxes from continuing operations
(62,787
)
(37,648
)
(158,442
)
Net loss from continuing operations
(378,404
)
(81,211
)
(1,418,652
)
Net income from discontinued operations, net of tax
53,634
20,829
41,350
Net loss
(324,770
)
(60,382
)
(1,377,302
)
Less: net income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interest, net of tax
-
2,346
3,757
Less: net income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interest, net of tax
2,192
(546
)
Net loss attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
$
(326,962
)
$
(63,322
)
$
(1,380,513
)
Net loss per common share:
Basic loss per common share from continuing operations attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
$
(1.18
)
$
(0.26
)
$
(4.46
)
Basic earnings per common share from discontinued operations attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
$
0.16
$
0.06
$
0.13
Diluted net loss per share:
Diluted loss per common share from continuing operations attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
$
(1.18
)
$
(0.26
)
$
(4.46
)
Diluted earnings per common share from discontinued operations attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
$
0.16
$
0.06
$
0.13
Weighted-average number of common shares:
Basic
321,515,982
323,677,515
318,682,548
Diluted
321,515,982
323,677,515
318,682,548
Net loss attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
$
(326,962
)
$
(63,322
)
$
(1,380,513
)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments
(9,485
)
5,817
(14,370
)
Total comprehensive loss attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
$
(336,447
)
$
(57,505
)
$
(1,394,883
)
See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
ADVANTAGE SOLUTIONS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Accumulated
Advantage
Additional
Other
Solutions Inc.
Total
Common Stock
Treasury Stock
Paid-in
Accumulated
Loans to
Comprehensive
Stockholders'
Noncontrolling
Stockholders'
(in thousands, except share data)
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Capital
Deficit
Topco
Income (Loss)
Equity
Interest
Equity
Balance at January 1, 2022
316,963,552
$
1,610,014
$
(12,567
)
$
3,373,278
$
(866,607
)
$
(6,340
)
$
(4,479
)
$
2,483,317
$
97,084
$
2,580,401
Comprehensive loss
Net (loss) income
-
-
-
-
-
(1,380,502
)
-
-
(1,380,502
)
2,995
(1,377,507
)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(14,370
)
(14,370
)
(4,526
)
(18,896
)
Total comprehensive loss
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(1,394,872
)
(1,531
)
(1,396,403
)
Interest on loans to Karman Topco L.P.
-
-
-
-
-
-
(23
)
-
(23
)
-
(23
)
Increase in noncontrolling interest
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6,191
6,191
Equity-based compensation of Karman Topco L.P.
-
-
-
-
(6,934
)
-
-
-
(6,934
)
-
(6,934
)
Shares issued under 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
713,213
-
-
-
3,320
-
-
-
3,320
-
3,320
Shares issued under 2020 Incentive Award Plan
2,013,535
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Stock-based compensation expense
-
-
-
-
39,172
-
-
-
39,172
-
39,172
Balance at December 31, 2022
319,690,300
$
1,610,014
$
(12,567
)
$
3,408,836
$
(2,247,109
)
$
(6,363
)
$
(18,849
)
$
1,123,980
$
101,744
$
1,225,724
Comprehensive (loss) income
Net (loss) income
-
-
-
-
-
(63,258
)
-
-
(63,258
)
2,639
(60,619
)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5,817
5,817
3,201
9,018
Total comprehensive (loss) income
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(57,441
)
5,840
(51,601
)
Interest on loans to Karman Topco L.P.
-
-
-
-
-
-
(24
)
-
(24
)
-
(24
)
Purchase of treasury stock
(4,164,010
)
-
4,164,010
(10,665
)
-
-
-
-
(10,665
)
-
(10,665
)
Retirement of shares
-
-
(2,173,949
)
4,283
-
(4,283
)
-
-
-
-
-
Equity-based compensation of Karman Topco L.P.
-
-
-
-
(2,524
)
-
-
-
(2,524
)
-
(2,524
)
Shares issued under 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
1,241,440
-
-
-
2,248
-
-
-
2,248
-
2,248
Shares issued under 2020 Incentive Award Plan and tax related to net share settlement
5,467,531
-
-
-
(1,880
)
-
-
-
(1,880
)
-
(1,880
)
Stock-based compensation expense
-
-
-
-
42,581
-
-
-
42,581
-
42,581
Deconsolidation of subsidiaries
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
9,087
9,087
(108,869
)
(99,782
)
Balance at December 31, 2023
322,235,261
$
3,600,075
$
(18,949
)
$
3,449,261
$
(2,314,650
)
$
(6,387
)
$
(3,945
)
$
1,105,362
$
(1,285
)
$
1,104,077
Comprehensive (loss) income
Net (loss) income
-
-
-
-
-
(326,962
)
-
-
(326,962
)
2,192
(324,770
)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(9,485
)
(9,485
)
(9,412
)
Total comprehensive (loss) income
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(336,447
)
2,265
(334,182
)
Interest on loans to Karman Topco L.P.
-
-
-
-
-
-
(642
)
-
(642
)
-
(642
)
Purchase of treasury stock
(8,800,000
)
-
8,800,000
(34,067
)
-
-
-
-
(34,067
)
-
(34,067
)
Equity-based compensation of Karman Topco L.P.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Shares issued under 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
983,808
-
-
-
2,294
-
-
-
2,294
-
2,294
Payments for taxes related to net share settlement under 2020 Incentive Award Plan
-
-
-
-
(12,765
)
-
-
-
(12,765
)
-
(12,765
)
Shares issued under 2020 Incentive Award Plan
6,354,027
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sale of a business
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(2,431
)
(2,431
)
(980
)
(3,411
)
Stock-based compensation expense
-
-
-
-
26,708
-
-
-
26,708
-
26,708
Balance at December 31, 2024
320,773,096
$
12,400,075
$
(53,016
)
$
3,466,221
$
(2,641,612
)
$
(7,029
)
$
(15,861
)
$
748,735
$
-
$
748,735
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
ADVANTAGE SOLUTIONS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss from continuing operations
$
(378,404
)
$
(81,211
)
$
(1,418,652
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities
Non-cash interest expense (income)
5,227
(7,728
)
(43,810
)
Deferred financing fees related to repricing of long-term debt
1,079
-
-
Amortization of deferred financing fees
6,766
8,292
8,860
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset
275,170
43,500
1,572,523
Depreciation and amortization
204,553
208,856
216,046
Change in fair value of warrant liability
(584
)
(286
)
(21,236
)
Fair value adjustments related to contingent consideration
1,678
11,152
6,572
Deferred income taxes
(57,307
)
(80,416
)
(190,754
)
Equity-based compensation of Karman Topco L.P.
(2,524
)
(6,934
)
Stock-based compensation
31,019
38,933
35,101
Income from equity method investments
(2,064
)
(5,511
)
(10,609
)
Distribution received from equity method investments
3,289
2,100
1,826
Gain on deconsolidation of subsidiaries
-
(58,891
)
-
Gain on repurchases of Senior Secured Notes and Term Loan Facility debt
(9,141
)
(8,665
)
-
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
1,274
3,318
Loss on divestiture
-
-
2,863
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from divestitures:
Accounts receivable, net
51,154
38,899
(85,737
)
Prepaid expenses and other assets
28,396
100,841
15,051
Accounts payable
(12,918
)
(23,066
)
(14,164
)
Accrued compensation and benefits
(30,380
)
27,458
17,854
Deferred revenues
(2,129
)
8,551
(10,930
)
Other accrued expenses and other liabilities
(24,306
)
4,890
30,191
Net cash provided by operating activities
93,095
228,492
104,705
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired
-
-
(74,206
)
Purchase of investments in unconsolidated affiliates
(13,932
)
(3,023
)
(775
)
Purchase of property and equipment
(7,838
)
(20,691
)
(12,351
)
Purchase of capitalized software
(47,501
)
(20,872
)
(20,664
)
Proceeds from divestitures, net of cash
275,717
21,108
1,896
Deconsolidation of subsidiaries cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, net of proceeds
-
(31,465
)
-
Proceeds from sale of investments in unconsolidated affiliates
-
4,428
-
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
206,446
(50,515
)
(106,100
)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Borrowings under lines of credit
-
99,538
326,090
Payments on lines of credit
-
(99,102
)
(326,968
)
Principal payments on long-term debt
(13,131
)
(13,294
)
(13,293
)
Repurchases of Senior Secured Notes and Term Loan Facility debt
(147,122
)
(156,559
)
-
Debt issuance costs
(971
)
-
-
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
2,294
2,248
3,320
Payments for taxes related to net share settlement under 2020 Incentive Award Plan
(12,765
)
(1,880
)
-
Contingent consideration payments
(5,655
)
(1,867
)
(13,002
)
Holdback payments
-
(944
)
(11,057
)
Financing fees paid
-
-
(1,464
)
Contribution from noncontrolling interest
-
-
5,217
Redemption of noncontrolling interest
-
(154
)
(224
)
Purchase of treasury stock
(34,067
)
(6,382
)
-
Net cash used in financing activities
(211,417
)
(178,396
)
(31,381
)
Net effect of foreign currency changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
(4,575
)
1,800
(7,872
)
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
83,549
1,381
(40,648
)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period
137,202
135,821
176,469
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period
$
220,751
$
137,202
$
135,821
See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
ADVANTAGE SOLUTIONS INC.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies
On July 25, 2014, Karman Topco L.P. (“Topco”) completed the acquisition (the “2014 Topco Acquisition”) of Advantage Sales & Marketing Inc., which became a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Topco. The equity units of Topco are held by equity funds affiliated with or advised by CVC Capital Partners, Leonard Green & Partners, Juggernaut Capital Partners, Centerview Capital, L.P., and Bain Capital.
On September 7, 2020, Topco and one of its subsidiaries entered into an agreement and plan of merger (as amended, modified, supplemented or waived, the “Merger Agreement”), with Conyers Park II Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation, now known as Advantage Solutions Inc. (“Conyers Park”), CP II Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Conyers Park. On October 28, 2020, Conyers Park consummated the merger pursuant to the Merger Agreement, and became a majority-owned subsidiary of Topco and changed its name to Advantage Solutions Inc. (the “Company” or “Advantage”).
The Company is headquartered in Clayton, Missouri, in the St. Louis-metropolitan area, and is a business solutions provider to consumer goods companies and retailers.
The Company’s common stock and public warrants (as further described in Note 13-Equity) are listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “ADV” and warrants to purchase the common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share are listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “ADVWW”.
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its controlled subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). The financial information set forth herein reflects: (a) the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss, Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 and (b) the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. The consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 reflect Topco’s basis in the assets and liabilities of the Company, as a result of the 2014 Topco Acquisition. The Company’s share in the earnings or losses for its investments in affiliates is reflected in “Investments in unconsolidated affiliates” and “Income from equity method investments” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss, respectively. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.
Discontinued Operations
The Company presents discontinued operations when there is a disposal of a component or a group of components that represents a strategic shift that will have a major effect on operations and financial results. The results of discontinued operations are reported in net income (loss) from discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented, commencing in the period in which the business is either disposed of or is classified as held for sale, including any gain or loss recognized on closing or adjustment of the carrying amount to fair value less costs to sell. Assets and liabilities related to a business classified as held for sale or meets the criteria for discontinued operations are segregated in the consolidated balance sheets for the current and prior periods presented. Cash flows for continuing and discontinued operations are segregated in the consolidated statements of cash flows for the current and prior periods. When proceeds are not utilized to paydown long-term debt, the assets and liabilities associated with discontinued operations in the current period balance sheet are classified as current.
Certain prior period balances related to the Company's reportable segments and discontinued operations have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The notes to the consolidated financial statements are presented on a continuing operations basis unless otherwise noted. Refer to Note 17-Operating Segments and Geographic Information for additional information on the Company’s reportable segments. Refer to Note 2-Discontinued Operations, Deconsolidation of European Joint Venture, Divestitures and Acquisitions for additional information on the Company’s discontinued operations.
Change in Reportable Segments
Effective January 1, 2024, Advantage Solutions Inc. revised its reportable segments to align with the Company's business strategy, and the manner in which the Chief Executive Officer, the Company's chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), assesses performance and makes decisions regarding the allocation of resources for the Company. The Company’s revised operating and reportable segments consist of Branded Services, Experiential Services, and Retailer Services. This change had no impact on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss, Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Prior period segment results have been reclassified to reflect the Company’s new reportable segments on a continuing operations basis.
When evaluating the Company’s financial performance, the CODM regularly reviews revenues, compensation and benefits, reimbursable expenses and other segment items. Refer to Note 17-Operating Segments and Geographic Information for additional information on the Company’s reportable segments.
Deconsolidation of European Joint Venture
On November 30, 2023 the Company reduced its equity interest in Advantage Smollan Limited (“ASL”), its European joint venture, from a majority interest to a minority interest of 49.6%. The Company also removed certain participating rights with ASL related to capital allocation and certain of the Company’s decision making rights, resulting in a loss of control. Therefore, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 810 (“ASC 810”), Consolidation, ASL was deconsolidated from the Company’s consolidated financial statements resulting in the recognition of a $58.9 million gain for the year ended December 31, 2023. Effective December 1, 2023, the Company’s investment in ASL is accounted for under the equity method of accounting, with the investment reported in “Investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and equity income reported in “Income from equity method investments” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
Reclassifications
The Company has reclassified certain amounts on the consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss and consolidated statements of cash flows and in Note 17-Operating Segments and Geographic Information to conform to current period presentation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from such estimates. The Company’s estimates primarily include revenues, workers’ compensation and employee medical claim reserves, fair value of contingent consideration, leases, income taxes, derivative instruments and fair value considerations in applying purchase accounting and assessing goodwill and other asset impairments.
Foreign Currency
The Company’s reporting currency is U.S. dollars as that is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company operates. The Company translates the assets and liabilities of its non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries into U.S. dollars using exchange rates in effect at the end of each period. Revenues and expenses for these subsidiaries are translated using rates that approximate those in effect during the period. Gains and losses from these translations are included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity. Transactions in foreign currencies other than the entities’ functional currency are converted using the rate of exchange at the date of transaction. The gains or losses arising from the revaluation of foreign currency transactions to functional currency are included in “Selling, general, and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. Unrealized foreign currency exchange gains and losses on certain intercompany transactions that are of a long-term investment nature (i.e., settlement is not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future) are also recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity. The Company reports gains and losses from foreign exchange rate changes related to intercompany receivables and payables that are of a long-term investment nature, in “Other comprehensive loss” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. These items represented a net loss of $0.1 million, a gain of $0.1 million, and a gain of $7.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and highly liquid investments having an original maturity of three months or less. The Company’s investments consist primarily of U.S. Treasury securities. The Company’s investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. The Company has restricted cash related to funds received from clients that will be disbursed at the direction of those clients. Corresponding liabilities have been recorded in “Other accrued expenses” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:
December 31,
(in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
$
205,233
$
120,839
118,004
Restricted cash
15,518
16,363
17,817
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
$
220,751
$
137,202
$
135,821
The following table provides supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
SUPPLEMENTAL NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Exchange of ownership of Partnership SPV 1 Limited for fair value of GSH
$
-
$
15,854
$
-
Non-cash proceeds from divestitures
$
45,056
$
4,283
$
-
Purchases of property and equipment recorded in accounts payable and accrued expenses
$
$
1,201
$
Purchases of capitalized software recorded in accounts payable and accrued expenses
$
7,272
$
-
$
-
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Gain (loss) on divestitures from discontinued operations
$
95,099
$
(19,068
)
$
-
Non-cash consideration for purchases of investments in unconsolidated affiliates
$
10,432
$
-
$
-
Cash payments for interest
$
163,202
$
174,767
$
126,560
Cash received from interest rate derivatives
$
30,824
$
28,808
$
6,527
Cash payments for income taxes, net
$
31,269
$
39,007
$
45,729
Accounts Receivable and Expected Credit Losses
Accounts receivable consist of amounts due from clients for services provided in normal business activities and are recorded at invoiced amounts. The Company measures expected credit losses against certain billed receivables based upon the latest information regarding whether invoices are ultimately collectible. Assessing the collectability of client receivables requires management judgment. The Company determines its expected credit losses by specifically analyzing individual accounts receivable, historical bad debts, client creditworthiness, current economic conditions, and accounts receivable aging trends. Valuation reserves are periodically re-evaluated and adjusted as more information about the ultimate collectability of accounts receivable becomes available. Upon determination that a receivable is uncollectible, the receivable balance and any associated reserve is written off.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of accounts receivable and cash balances at various financial institutions. The Company maintains cash balances in accounts at various financial institutions. At times such cash balances may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.
Derivatives
The Company uses financial instruments to hedge interest rate and foreign exchange risk. Derivative instruments, used to hedge interest rates, consist of interest rate swaps and interest rate collars and caps. Interest rate swap contracts involve the exchange of floating rate interest payment obligations for fixed interest rate payments without the exchange of the underlying principal amounts. Interest rate collar and cap contracts limit the floating interest rate exposure to the indicative rate in the agreement. Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date a contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at fair value. The fair values of
derivatives are measured using observable market prices or, where market prices are not available, by using discounted expected future cash flows at prevailing interest and exchange rates. The Company does not designate these derivatives as hedges for accounting purposes, and as a result, all changes in the fair value of derivatives used to hedge interest rates and foreign exchange risk are recorded in “Interest expense, net” and in “Selling, general, and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss, respectively. Cash flows associated with such derivatives are reported in cash flows from operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. These arrangements contain an element of risk in that the counterparties may be unable to meet the terms of such arrangements. In the event the counterparties are unable to fulfill their related obligations, the Company could potentially incur significant additional costs by replacing the positions at then current market rates. The Company manages its risk of exposure by limiting counterparties to those banks and institutions deemed appropriate by management.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost, and the balances are presented net of accumulated depreciation. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their respective lease terms or their respective estimated useful lives. The cost and accumulated depreciation of assets sold or otherwise disposed of are removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the “Cost of revenues” and “Selling, general, administrative expenses” within the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss, depending on the nature of the assets. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, whereas expenditures for improvements and replacements are capitalized. Depreciation expense is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The following table provides the range of estimated useful lives used for each asset type:
Leasehold improvements
3-10 years
Furniture and fixtures
3-7 years
Computer hardware and other equipment
3-5 years
Software
3-7 years
Internal-Use Software Development Costs
The Company capitalizes certain direct costs associated with the development and purchase of internal-use software within property and equipment. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, internal and external costs, if direct and incremental, are capitalized until the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Capitalization ceases upon completion of all substantial testing. The Company also capitalizes costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in additional functionality. Maintenance and training costs are expensed as incurred. Capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the software, generally not exceeding seven years. Maintenance and training costs are charged to expense as incurred and included in operating expenses. The Company evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. There were no impairments to capitalized internal-use software for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
Equity Method Investments
Investments in companies in which the Company exercises significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee and are not required to be consolidated are accounted for using the equity method. The Company’s proportionate share of the net income or loss of equity method investments is included in the results of operations and any dividends received reduce the carrying value of the investment. Gains and losses from changes in the Company’s ownership interests are recorded in results of operations until control is achieved. In instances in which a change in the Company’s ownership interest results in obtaining control, the existing carrying value of the investment is remeasured to the acquisition date fair value and any gain or loss is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
Distributions received from unconsolidated entities that represent returns on the Company’s investment are reported as cash flows from operating activities in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Cash distributions from unconsolidated entities that represent returns of the Company’s investment are reported as cash flows from investing activities.
Business Combinations
The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method. Under this method, the purchase price of an acquisition is allocated to the underlying assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values at the date of
acquisition. To the extent the purchase price exceeds the fair value of the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, such excess is allocated to goodwill. Factors giving rise to goodwill generally include assembled workforce, geographic presence, expertise, and synergies that are anticipated as a result of the business combination, including enhanced product and service offerings. The Company determines the estimated fair values after review and consideration of relevant information, including discounted cash flows, quoted market prices and other estimates made by management. The Company adjusts the preliminary purchase price allocation, as necessary, during the measurement period of up to one year after the acquisition closing date as the Company obtains more information as to facts and circumstances existing at the acquisition date impacting asset valuations and liabilities assumed. Goodwill acquired in business combinations is assigned to the reporting unit expected to benefit from the combination as of the acquisition date. Acquisition-related costs are recognized separately from the acquisition and are expensed as incurred.
Divestitures
The Company nets the proceeds from the divestitures of businesses with the carrying amount of the related net assets and liabilities and records a gain or loss in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. Any contingent payments that are potentially due to the Company as a result of these divestitures are recorded when it is probable that a significant reversal of such consideration will not occur, or in the case of a business, when such payments are realizable. For divestitures of businesses, the Company includes the relative fair value of goodwill associated with the businesses in the determination of the gain or loss on sale.
Discontinued Operations
The Company classifies a business that has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale as a discontinued operation when the disposal represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results. Assets and liabilities of discontinued operations are presented separately in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and results of discontinued operations are reported as a separate component of net loss in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired in an acquisition. The Company tests for impairment of goodwill at the reporting unit level. The Company generally combines components that have similar economic characteristics, nature of services, types of clients, distribution methods and regulatory environment. The Company has five reporting units, Branded Services, Branded Agencies, Experiential Services, Merchandising and Retailer Agencies.
The Company tests its goodwill for impairment at the beginning of the fourth quarter of a given fiscal year and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of a reporting unit may exceed its fair value. The Company has the option to perform a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value before performing a quantitative impairment test. To the extent that the qualitative approach indicates that it is more likely than not that the carrying amount is less than its fair value, the Company applies a quantitative approach. When it is determined that a quantitative impairment test should be performed, if the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, goodwill is impaired and the excess of the reporting unit’s carrying value over the fair value is recognized as an impairment loss; however, the loss recognized would not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.
The Company’s annual goodwill impairment assessment for each year is performed as of October 1. The Company utilizes a combination of income and market approaches to estimate the fair value of its reporting units. The income approach utilizes estimates of discounted cash flows of the reporting units, which requires assumptions for the reporting units’ revenue growth rates, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) margins, terminal growth rates, capital cost expenditures as a percentage of revenue, discount rates, and incremental net working capital, all of which require significant management judgment. The market approach applies market multiples derived from the historical earnings data of selected guideline publicly-traded companies to the Company’s reporting units’ businesses and acquisition premiums of similar businesses involved in recent merger and acquisition transactions, which requires significant management judgment. The guideline companies are first screened by industry group and then further narrowed based on the reporting units’ business descriptions, markets served, competitors, EBITDA margins and revenue size. Market multiples are then selected from within the range of these guideline companies’ multiples based on the subject reporting unit. The Company compares a weighted average of the output from the income and market approaches to the carrying value of each reporting unit. The Company also compares the aggregate estimated fair value of its reporting units to the estimated fair value of its total market capitalization. The assumptions in the income and market approach are based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represent Level 3 measurements within the fair value hierarchy (described in “Fair Value Measurements,” below). The Company based its fair value estimates on assumptions it believes to be reasonable but which are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. A change in these underlying assumptions would cause a change in the results of the tests and,
as such, could cause fair value to be less than the carrying amounts and result in an impairment of goodwill in the future. Additionally, if actual results are not consistent with the estimates and assumptions or if there are significant changes to the Company’s planned strategy, it may cause fair value to be less than the carrying amounts and result in an impairment of goodwill in the future.
Effective January 1, 2024, the Company performed an interim impairment assessment for its five reporting units’ goodwill. Each of the fair values for the reporting units tested were in excess of its carrying amount. The fair values of the Branded Agencies and Experiential Services reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values by less than 20%.
During the second quarter of fiscal year 2024, the Company determined a triggering event occurred and an impairment assessment was warranted for the Branded Agencies reporting unit goodwill due to the pending sale of one of the businesses that comprised a substantial portion of the assets, liabilities and prospective cash flows of the Branded Agencies reporting unit. As a result of the impairment test performed, the Company recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $99.7 million related to the Company's Branded Agencies reporting unit goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2024, which has been reflected in “Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. As a result of this charge, an immaterial amount of goodwill remains in this reporting unit.
In connection with the Company’s annual quantitative impairment test as of October 1, 2024, the Company concluded that the goodwill was not impaired as of October 1, 2024. Additionally, no triggering events were identified for the Branded Agencies, Experiential Services, Merchandising and Retailer Agencies reporting units through December 31, 2024. The fair values of the Branded Services, Branded Agencies and Merchandising reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values by less than 20%.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2024, the Company identified a triggering event that required an impairment assessment of goodwill for the Branded Services reporting unit. The triggering event was due to the loss of clients and a reduction in the scope of client services as the Company’s clients implemented internal cost reduction initiatives in response to challenges in the broader markets in which they operate. As a result of the goodwill impairment test, the Company recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $133.5 million related to the Branded Services reporting unit during the year ended December 31, 2024. This charge is reflected in “Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
In connection with the Company's annual quantitative impairment test as of October 1, 2023, the Company concluded that the goodwill was not impaired as of October 1, 2023. The Company determined that no additional goodwill triggering events occurred through December 31, 2023.
In connection with the Company's annual quantitative impairment test as of October 1, 2022, the Company recognized $722.7 million, $308.2 million and $336.6 million in impairment charges in the Branded Services, Experiential Services and Retailer Services segments, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2022, which has been reflected in “Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. While there was no single determinative event or factor, the consideration of the weight of evidence of several factors that culminated during the fourth quarter of 2022 led the Company to conclude that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting units were below their carrying values. These factors included: (a) sustained decline in the Company’s share price; (b) challenges in the labor market and continued inflationary pressures; and (c) an increase to the discount rate as a result of the recent increases in interest rates which adversely affected the results of the quantitative impairment tests.
The uncertainty and volatility in the economic environment in which the Company operates could have an impact on the Company's future growth and could result in future impairment charges. There is no assurance that actual future earnings, cash flows or other assumptions for the reporting units will not significantly decline from these projections.
Indefinite Lived Intangible Asset
The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible asset is the Advantage Trade Name. Prior to the segment change, the Company went to market with the Advantage Trade Name being specifically used and assessed for impairment in the Sales and Marketing businesses. As a result of the change in the Company's reportable segments effective as of January 1, 2024, the Company determined, based on the change in the planned use of the Advantage Trade Name intangible asset, that the Advantage Trade Name should be considered an entity-wide asset for reporting and impairment testing purposes. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but tested annually, at the beginning of the fourth quarter, for impairment or more often if events occur or circumstances change that would create a triggering event. The Company has the option to perform a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset’s fair value is less than its carrying value before performing a quantitative impairment test. The Company tests its indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment using a relief from royalty method by comparing the estimated fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset with the carrying value. The estimates used in the determination of fair value are subjective in nature and involve the use of significant assumptions. These estimates and assumptions include revenue growth rates,
terminal growth rate, discount rate and royalty rate, all of which require significant management judgment. The assumptions are based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represent Level 3 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. The Company based its fair value estimates on assumptions it believes to be reasonable, but which are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. Actual future results may differ from the estimates.
As of January 1, 2024, the Company concluded there was a triggering event for an interim impairment assessment due to the change in unit of account of the indefinite-lived intangible asset. Based on the interim impairment assessment, the estimated fair value exceeded the carrying value by approximately 6%, thus no impairment was recorded.
In connection with the Company’s annual quantitative impairment test as of October 1, 2024, the Company concluded that the indefinite-lived intangible asset was not impaired.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2024, the Company recognized an intangible asset impairment charge of $42.0 million as a result of the triggering event for the Branded Services reporting unit.
In connection with the Company’s annual quantitative impairment test as of October 1, 2023, the Company concluded that the indefinite-lived intangible asset was not impaired.
During the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company determined a triggering event occurred and an impairment assessment was warranted due to the deconsolidation of the Company’s European joint venture and the planned divestitures of a collection of foodservice businesses, which was determined to be held for sale. As a result, the Company recognized an intangible asset impairment charge of $43.5 million related to the Advantage Trade Name during the year ended December 31, 2023, which has been reflected in “Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
In connection with the Company's annual quantitative impairment test as of October 1, 2022, the Company concluded the carrying value of the Advantage Trade Name exceeded its estimated fair value. As a result, the Company recognized an intangible asset impairment charge of $205.0 million related to the Company’s indefinite-lived trade name, which has been reflected in “Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. While there was no single determinative event or factor, the factors that led to the impairment were the same circumstances outlined in the goodwill fiscal year 2022 impairment discussion above.
Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets to be held and used, including finite-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. These events or changes in circumstances may include a significant deterioration of operating results, changes in business plans, or changes in anticipated future cash flows. If an impairment indicator is present, the Company evaluates recoverability by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If the assets are impaired, the impairment recognized is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the assets. Fair value is generally determined by estimates of discounted cash flows. The discount rate used in any estimate of discounted cash flows would be the rate required for a similar investment of like risk. No impairment related to the Company’s long-lived assets was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.
Contingent Consideration
Certain of the Company’s acquisitions include contingent consideration arrangements, which are generally based on the achievement of future financial performance. If it is determined the contingent consideration arrangements are not compensatory, the fair values of these contingent consideration arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquisitions or divestitures on their respective transaction dates. For each transaction, the Company estimates the fair value of contingent consideration payments as part of the initial purchase price and records the estimated fair value of contingent consideration related to proceeds from divestitures as an asset in “Other assets” or related to purchases of businesses as a liability in “Other accrued expenses” or “Other long-term liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The Company reviews and assesses the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair value could differ materially from these initial estimates. Adjustments to the estimated fair value related to changes in all other unobservable inputs are reported in “Selling, general, and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
The portion of the cash settlement up to the acquisition date fair value of the contingent consideration is classified as “Contingent consideration payments” in cash flows from financing activities, and amounts paid in excess of the acquisition date fair value are classified as “Other accrued expenses and other liabilities” in cash flows from operating activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
Leases
The Company has obligations under various real estate leases, equipment leases, and software license agreements. The Company assesses whether these arrangements are or contain leases at lease inception. Classification of the leases between financing and operating leases is determined by assessing whether the lease transfers ownership of the asset to the Company, the lease grants an option for the Company to purchase the underlying asset, the lease term is for the majority of the asset’s remaining economic life, or if the minimum lease payments equal or substantially exceed all of the leased asset’s fair market value. As of December 31, 2024, the Company's finance leases were not material. Refer to Note 9-Leases, for further information regarding the Company’s operating leases.
Self-Insurance Liability
The Company maintains a high deductible program for workers’ compensation claims. Losses and liabilities relating to workers’ compensation claims and employee medical claims are fully insured beyond the Company’s deductible limits. The Company’s estimated liabilities are not discounted and are based on information provided by third party administrators, combined with management’s judgment regarding a number of assumptions and factors, including the frequency and severity of claims, claims development history, case jurisdiction, applicable legislation and claims settlement practices.
Restructuring
The Company's restructuring charges consist of employee severance, one-time termination benefits and ongoing benefits related to the reduction of its workforce, and other exit and disposal costs. One-time termination benefits are expensed at the date the Company notifies the employee, unless the employee must provide future service beyond a minimum retention period, in which case the benefits are expensed ratably over the future service period. Ongoing benefits are expensed when restructuring activities are probable and the benefit amounts are estimable.
During fiscal year 2024, the Company implemented restructuring plans including a Voluntary Early Retirement Program (“VERP”) and a cost savings program to improve operational performance and align cost structures consistent with revenue levels associated with business changes, which includes special termination benefits associated with a reduction-in-force (“2024 RIF”). The Company’s restructuring charges consist of settlement charges and special termination benefits associated with the VERP and 2024 RIF. One-time termination benefits are expensed at the time the VERP participants accept the offer or the Company notifies the 2024 RIF participants, and the amounts can be reasonably estimated. Liabilities for costs associated with the restructuring activities are measured at fair value and are recognized when the liability is incurred. See to Note 7-Restructuring, for further information regarding the Company’s restructuring activities.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue when control of promised goods or services are transferred to the client in an amount that reflects the consideration that the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for such goods or services. Substantially all of the Company’s contracts with clients involve the transfer of a service to the client, which represents a performance obligation that is satisfied over time because the client simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the services provided. In most cases, the contracts consist of a performance obligation that is comprised of a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and that have the same pattern of transfer (i.e., distinct days of service). For these contracts, the Company allocates the ratable portion of the consideration based on the services provided in each period of service to such period.
Revenues related to the Branded Services segment are primarily recognized in the form of commissions, fee-for-service and cost-plus fees for providing headquarter relationship management, execution of merchandising strategies and omni-commerce marketing services. Revenues within the Branded Services segment are further disaggregated between brokerage services, branded merchandising services, omni-commerce marketing services, and revenues related to the Company's European joint venture (prior to the deconsolidation during fiscal year 2023). Brokerage services revenues are primarily outsourced sales and services for branded consumer goods manufacturers at retailer headquarters, in-store and online. Branded merchandising services relate to merchandising in-store and online for branded consumer goods manufacturers. Omni-commerce marketing services primarily relate to digital and field marketing services.
Experiential Services segment revenues are primarily recognized in the form of fee-for-service and cost-plus fees for providing in-store, digital sampling and demonstrations, where the Company manages highly customized, large-scale sampling programs for leading brands and retailers.
Retailer Services segment revenues are primarily recognized in the form of commissions, fee-for-service and cost-plus fees for providing consulting services related to private brand development, the execution of merchandising strategies and marketing strategies within retailer locations, including retail media networks and analyzing shopper behavior. Revenues within the Retailer Services segment are further disaggregated between advisory services, retailer merchandising services and agency services to retailers. Advisory services primarily consist of consulting services related to private brand development. Retailer merchandising services primarily relate to the execution of merchandising strategies. Agency services primarily consist of providing marketing strategies within retail locations.
Disaggregated revenues were as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Branded Services
Brokerage services
$
495,302
$
534,670
$
554,226
Branded merchandising services
428,821
444,859
429,873
Omni-commerce marketing services
382,213
404,522
408,494
European joint venture
-
374,366
371,483
Total Branded Services revenue
$
1,306,336
$
1,758,417
$
1,764,076
Experiential Services
Experiential services
$
1,295,029
$
1,159,449
$
904,230
Total Experiential Services revenue
$
1,295,029
$
1,159,449
$
904,230
Retailer Services
Retail merchandising services
$
701,709
$
714,052
$
712,189
Advisory services
197,506
207,675
217,992
Agency services
65,744
60,532
47,855
Total Retailer Services revenue
$
964,959
$
982,259
$
978,036
Total revenues
$
3,566,324
$
3,900,125
$
3,646,342
The Company is party to certain client contracts that include variable consideration, whereby the ultimate consideration is contingent on future events such as the client’s sales to retailers, hours worked, event count, costs incurred, and performance incentive bonuses. For commission-based service contracts, the consideration received from the client is variable because the Company earns an agreed upon percentage of the client’s sales to retailers, which is agreed upon on a manufacturer-by-manufacturer basis. Revenues are recognized for the commission earned during the applicable reporting period. The Company generally earns commission revenues from headquarter relationship management, analytics, insights and intelligence, e-commerce, administration, private label development and retail services arrangements. As part of these arrangements, the Company provides a variety of services to consumer goods manufacturers in order to improve the manufacturer’s sales at retailers. This includes primarily outsourced sales, business development, category and space management, relationship management, and sales strategy services. In exchange for these services, the Company earns an agreed upon percentage of its client’s sales to retailers, which is agreed upon on a manufacturer-by-manufacturer basis.
For service contracts whereby the client is charged a fee per hour incurred or fee per event completed, revenues are recognized over time as actual hours are incurred or as events are completed, respectively. For service contracts with a cost-plus arrangement, revenues are recognized on a gross basis over time for a given period based on the actual costs incurred plus a fixed mark-up fee that is negotiated on a client-by-client basis.
For certain contracts with clients, the Company is entitled to additional fees upon meeting specific performance goals or thresholds, which are referred to as bonus revenues. Bonus revenues are estimated and are recognized as revenues as the related services are performed for the client.
The variability of the consideration for the services transferred during a reporting period is typically resolved by the end of the reporting period. However, for certain client contracts, the Company is required to estimate the variable consideration for the services that have been transferred to the client during the reporting period. The Company typically estimates the variable consideration based on the expected value method. Estimates are based on historical experience and current facts known during the reporting period. The
Company only recognizes revenues related to variable consideration if it is probable that a significant reversal of revenues recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved. When such probable threshold is not satisfied, the Company will constrain some or all of the variable consideration and the constrained variable consideration will not be recognized as revenues. The Company records an adjustment to revenue for differences between estimated revenues and the amounts ultimately invoiced to the client. Adjustments to revenue during the current period related to services transferred during prior periods were not material during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.
The Company has contracts that include fixed consideration such as a fee per project or a fixed monthly fee. For contracts with a fee per project, revenues are recognized over time using an input method such as hours worked that reasonably depicts the Company’s performance in transferring control of the services to the client. The Company determined that the input method represents a reasonable method to measure the satisfaction of the performance obligation to the client. For contracts with a fixed monthly fee, revenues are recognized using a time-based measure resulting in straight-line revenue recognition. A time-based measure was determined to represent a reasonable method to measure the satisfaction of the performance obligation to the client because the Company has a stand ready obligation to make itself available to provide services upon the client’s request or the client receives the benefit from the Company’s services evenly over the contract period.
The Company evaluates each client contract individually in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance to determine whether the Company acts as a principal (whereby the Company would present revenues on a gross basis), or as an agent (whereby the Company would present revenues on a net basis). While the Company primarily acts as a principal in its arrangements and reports revenues on a gross basis, the Company will occasionally act as an agent and accordingly presents revenues on a net basis.
Substantially all of the Company’s contracts with its clients either have a contract term that is less than one year with options for renewal and/or can be canceled by either party upon 30 to 120 days’ notice. For the purpose of disclosing the transaction price allocated to remaining unsatisfied performance obligations or partially satisfied performance obligations, the Company elected policies to: (1) exclude contracts with a contract term of one year or less and (2) exclude contracts with variable consideration that is allocated entirely to a wholly unsatisfied performance obligation or to a wholly unsatisfied promise to transfer a distinct service that forms part of a single performance obligation when that performance obligation qualifies as a series of remaining performance obligations. After applying these policy elections, the Company determined that it does not have a significant amount of fixed consideration allocated to remaining performance obligations for contracts with a contract term that exceeds one year.
When the Company satisfies its performance obligation and recognizes revenues accordingly, the Company has a present and unconditional right to payment and records the receivable from clients in “Accounts receivable” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company’s general payment terms are short-term in duration and the Company does not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component.
Contract liabilities represent deferred revenues which are cash payments that are received in advance of the Company’s satisfaction of the applicable obligation(s) and are included in “Deferred revenues” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Deferred revenues are recognized as revenues when the related services are performed for the client. Revenues recognized during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, included $19.4 million, $17.6 million, and $29.4 million of deferred revenues from the respective prior years.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized or settled. The income tax provision (benefit) is computed on the pre-tax income (loss) of the entities located within each taxing jurisdiction based on current tax law. A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is recorded to the extent that the ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets is not considered more likely than not.
Realization of the Company’s deferred tax assets is principally dependent upon its achievement of future taxable income, the estimation of which requires significant management judgment. These judgments regarding future profitability may change due to many factors, including future market conditions and the Company’s ability to successfully execute its business plans. These changes, if any, may require adjustments to deferred tax asset balances and deferred income tax expense.
Equity-based Compensation
The Company measures the cost of non-employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the measurement date fair value consistent with the vesting of the awards and measuring the fair value of these units at the end of each measurement period. The cost is recognized over the requisite service period. The Company’s equity-based compensation is based on grant date fair value.
Stock-based Compensation
Stock-based compensation costs related to stock options granted to employees are measured at the date of grant based on the estimated fair value of the award. The Company estimates the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value for stock-settled restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance stock units (“PSUs”) are based on the Company’s stock price on the date of grant.
The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions which determine the fair value of stock-based awards. The assumptions used in the Company's option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates are complex, involve a number of variables, uncertainties and assumptions and the application of management’s judgment, so that they are inherently subjective. If factors change and different assumptions are used, the Company's stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. These assumptions are estimated as follows:
•
Fair Value of Common Stock. Represents the publicly quoted price as the fair value of ADV common stock.
•
Risk-Free Interest Rate. The Company based the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent term of options for each option group.
•
Expected Term. The expected term represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Because of the limitations on the sale or transfer or the Company's common stock as a previously privately held company, the Company does not believe its historical exercise pattern for similar awards is indicative of the pattern the Company will experience as a publicly traded company. For option grants that are considered to be “plain vanilla,” the Company determines the expected term using the simplified method. The simplified method deems the term to be the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the options.
•
Volatility. Management determined the price volatility factor based on the historical volatilities of a relevant peer group as the Company did not have a sufficient trading history of common stock. Industry peers consist of several public companies that provide similar services with comparable characteristics including enterprise value, risk profiles and position within the industry. The Company intends to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of the Company's own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.
•
Dividend Yield. The expected dividend assumption is based on expectations about the Company's anticipated dividend policy. The Company currently does not expect to issue any dividends.
The Company recognizes compensation costs for awards with service vesting conditions on an accelerated method under the graded vesting method over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the vesting term of three years. Stock-based compensation expense is included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
Warrant Liability
The Company accounts for warrants as either equity-classified or liability-classified instruments based on an assessment of the warrant’s specific terms and applicable authoritative guidance in the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, and ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. The assessment considers whether the warrants are freestanding financial instruments pursuant to ASC 480, meet the definition of a liability pursuant to ASC 480, and whether the warrants meet all of the requirements for equity classification under ASC 815, including whether the warrants are indexed to the Company’s Common Stock and whether the warrant holders could potentially require “net cash settlement” in a circumstance outside of the Company’s control, among other conditions for equity classification. This assessment, which requires the use of professional judgment, is conducted at the time of warrant issuance and on the date of issuance and for liability-classified awards, remeasured to fair value at each balance sheet date thereafter.
For issued or modified warrants that meet all of the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to be recorded as a component of additional paid-in capital at the time of issuance. For issued or modified warrants that do not meet all the criteria for
equity classification, the warrants are required to be recorded as liabilities at their initial fair value on the date of issuance and remeasured to fair value at each balance sheet date thereafter. Changes in the estimated fair value of the warrants are recognized in “Change in fair value of warrant liabilities” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
Based on the availability of sufficient observable information, the Company determines the fair value of the liability classified private placement warrants by approximating the value with the price of the public warrants at the respective period end, which is inherently less subjective and judgmental given it is based on observable inputs.
Other Comprehensive Loss
The Company’s comprehensive loss includes net income (loss) as well as foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax. Unrealized foreign currency exchange gains and losses on certain intercompany transactions that are of a long-term investment nature (i.e., settlement is not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future) are also recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity.
Fair Value Measurements
The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities, which are required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as risks inherent in valuation techniques, transfer restrictions and credit risk. Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:
Level 1
-
Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2
-
Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3
-
Inputs that are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimate of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
Variable Interest Entities and Investments
In accordance with the guidance for the consolidation of a variable interest entity (“VIE”), the Company analyzes its variable interests, including loans, leases, guarantees, and equity investments, to determine if the entity in which it has a variable interest is a VIE. The Company’s analysis includes both quantitative and qualitative considerations. The Company bases its quantitative analysis on the forecasted cash flows of the entity, and its qualitative analysis on its review of the design of the entity, its organizational structure including decision-making ability and financial agreements. The Company also uses its quantitative and qualitative analyses to determine if it is the primary beneficiary of the VIE, and if such determination is made, it includes the accounts of the VIE in its consolidated financial statements.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Recent Accounting Standards Adopted by the Company
In December 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, which requires entities to disclose incremental segment information on an annual and interim basis, including significant segment expenses and measures of profit or loss that are regularly provided to the CODM. The standard is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2024 and interim periods within fiscal year 2025, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted the standard retrospectively. Refer to Note 17-Operating Segments and Geographic Information for additional information on the Company’s reportable segments.
Accounting Standards Recently Issued but Not Yet Adopted by the Company
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which requires entities to expand their existing income tax disclosures, specifically related to the rate reconciliation and income taxes paid. The standard is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2025, with early adoption permitted. The new standard is
expected to be applied prospectively, but retrospective application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2023-09 on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In March 2024, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) adopted final climate-related disclosure rules under SEC Release Nos. 33-11275 and 34-99678, The Enhancement and Standardization of Climate-Related Disclosures for Investors. The rules require disclosure of governance, risk management and strategy related to material climate-related risks as well as disclosure of material greenhouse gas emissions in registration statements and annual reports. In addition, the rules require presentation of certain material climate-related disclosures in the annual consolidated financial statements. On April 4, 2024, the SEC voluntarily stayed the effective date of the final rules pending completion of judicial review following legal challenges. The disclosure requirements will apply to the Company beginning with fiscal year 2025, pending resolution of the stay. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the rules on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income-Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses (“ASU 2024-03”). Additionally, in January 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-01 to clarify the effective date of ASU 2024-03. ASU 2024-03 requires public entities to disclose additional information about specific expense categories in the notes to the financial statements on an interim and annual basis. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. The new standard is expected to be applied prospectively, but retrospective application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2024-03 on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
All other new accounting pronouncements issued, but not yet effective or adopted have been deemed to be not relevant to the Company and, accordingly, are not expected to have a material impact once adopted.
2. Discontinued Operations, Deconsolidation of European Joint Venture, Divestitures and Acquisitions
Discontinued Operations
The Company classifies a business that has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale as a discontinued operation when the criteria prescribed by FASB ASC 205, Presentation of Financial Statements are met. While the 2023 Divestitures did not previously qualify for presentation as discontinued operations, the Company concluded that, in the aggregate, the sales of these businesses along with the 2024 Divestitures (collectively, the “discontinued operations” that are all part of the divestiture plan) met the criteria for discontinued operations presentation as their dispositions represent a strategic shift that has had a major effect on the Company's operations and financial results. As a result, each of these businesses has been reclassified to discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss, Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for all periods presented.
As part of the agreements for certain divestitures, the Company has agreed to provide certain transitional services as detailed within respective transition services agreements for a period of time after sale. Income and expenses related to these transitional services are immaterial and are reported in “Net loss from continuing operations” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
The following table presents the summarized balance sheet of discontinued operations. As of December 31, 2024, all businesses that were previously classified as discontinued operations had been fully divested.
(in thousands)
December 31, 2023
Carrying amounts of major classes of assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$
5,641
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for expected credit losses of $2,834
56,848
Prepaid and other current assets
6,839
Property and equipment, net
10,245
Goodwill
160,400
Other intangible assets, net
41,025
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates
Other assets
4,040
Total assets of discontinued operations (1)
$
285,602
Carrying amounts of major classes of liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt
$
Accounts payable
9,737
Accrued compensation and benefits
5,729
Other accrued expenses
3,210
Deferred revenues
3,137
Long-term debt, net of current portion
4,666
Other liabilities
3,024
Total liabilities of discontinued operations (1)
$
29,809
Total net assets of the disposal group classified as discontinued operations
$
255,793
(1) Certain assets and liabilities from discontinued operations are classified as noncurrent at December 31, 2023 as they did not previously meet the held-for-sale criteria at that date.
The following table presents the summarized statements of operations of discontinued operations.
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Revenues
$
80,017
$
324,720
$
403,400
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)
59,605
245,420
319,691
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
15,816
14,855
12,154
(Gain) loss on divestitures
(95,099
)
19,068
-
Depreciation and amortization
4,695
15,841
17,029
Total operating expenses
(14,983
)
295,184
348,874
Operating income from discontinued operations
95,000
29,536
54,526
Other expenses:
Interest expense
Total other expenses
Income before income taxes from discontinued operations
94,952
29,468
54,454
Provision for income taxes from discontinued operations
41,318
8,639
13,104
Net income from discontinued operations, net of tax
53,634
20,829
41,350
Less: net income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interest, net of tax
2,192
(546
)
Net income from discontinued operations attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
$
51,442
$
20,235
$
41,896
The following table provides a summary of the cash flows from discontinued operations:
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities from discontinued operations
$
6,437
$
10,513
$
16,553
Net cash used in investing activities from discontinued operations
(7,304
)
(4,708
)
(7,440
)
Net cash used in financing activities from discontinued operations
(4,362
)
(2,942
)
(10,263
)
Net effect of foreign currency changes on cash from discontinued operations
(412
)
(307
)
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash from discontinued operations
$
(5,641
)
$
2,939
$
(1,457
)
2024 Divestitures
On January 31, 2024, the Company sold a collection of foodservice businesses, previously classified as held for sale (as current assets) as of December 31, 2023 (collectively with the other businesses disposed during the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, the “2024 Divestitures”). As part of the sale, the foodservice businesses were combined with an entity owned by the buyer, with the Company receiving approximately $91.0 million, subject to working capital adjustments and an ongoing 7.5% interest in the combined business. The ongoing ownership interest represents a continuing involvement which the Company has determined represents an equity method investment. Upon the close of the transaction, the retained 7.5% interest was recognized at fair value of $8.4 million, valued using unobservable inputs (i.e., Level 3 inputs), primarily discounted cash flow.
The investment is reported in “Investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and an immaterial amount of equity income (loss) reported in “Income from equity method investments” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the year ended December 31, 2024. Transactions between the Company and the combined foodservice entity are considered to be related-party transactions subsequent to the divesture.
During the second quarter of 2024, the Company sold two agencies in the Branded Services segment, one agency in the Experiential Services segment and one agency in the Retailer Services segment. The Company received $65.2 million including estimated working capital adjustments.
On July 31, 2024, the Company completed the sale of the Jun Group business in exchange for proceeds of approximately $185.0 million less any adjustments. The Company received approximately $130.0 million in cash upon completion of the sale. As part of the purchase agreement, the buyer has agreed to remit the remaining consideration of $27.5 million (less $5.0 million estimated adjustments) and $27.5 million, 12 and 18 months, respectively, after the completion of the sale.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded a gain from the 2024 Divestitures of $95.1 million as a component of “Net income from discontinued operations, net of tax” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. Proceeds from the sales were classified as cash provided by investing activities from continuing operations in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
2023 Deconsolidation of ASL
On November 30, 2023 the Company reduced its equity interest in Advantage Smollan Limited (“ASL”), its European joint venture, from a majority interest to a minority interest of 49.6%. The Company also removed certain participating rights with ASL related to capital allocation and certain of the Company’s decision making rights, resulting in a loss of control. Therefore, in accordance with ASC 810, ASL was deconsolidated from the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Effective December 1, 2023, the Company’s investment in ASL is accounted for under the equity method of accounting, with the investment reported in “Investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and equity income (loss) reported in “Income from equity method investments” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive Loss. Transactions between the Company and ASL are considered to be related-party transactions from the date of deconsolidation.
The fair value of the Company's continuing investment in ASL of $91.9 million was determined at the date of deconsolidation, recorded within “Investments in unconsolidated affiliates” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is assessed for impairment at each reporting period. The estimated fair value of the underlying business was determined based on a combination of the income and market approaches. The income approach utilizes estimates of discounted cash flows for the underlying business, which requires assumptions for growth rates, EBITDA margins, terminal growth rate, discount rate, and incremental net working capital, all of which require significant management judgment. The market approach applies market multiples derived from historical earnings data of selected guideline publicly traded companies. The Company compared a weighted average of the output from the income and market approaches to compute the fair value of ASL. The assumptions in the income and market approach are based on significant inputs not
observable in the market and thus represent Level 3 measurements within the fair value hierarchy (described in Note 1-Organization and Significant Accounting Policies). The difference between the carrying value of the assets and liabilities of ASL that were deconsolidated and the fair value of the continuing investment, as determined at the date of deconsolidation, was $58.9 million, before tax, and this gain on deconsolidation is reflected within the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive Loss for the year ended December 31, 2023. As a result of the ASL deconsolidation, the Company determined a triggering event occurred for the sales indefinite-lived trade name and an intangible asset impairment charge of $43.5 million was recorded. As part of the Company derecognizing ASL, the Company attributed $18.2 million of the former Sales reporting unit goodwill to that business, which was derecognized and reflected in the calculated gain on sale. The Company determined that the remaining former Sales reporting unit goodwill was not impaired.
ASL is party to transactions with the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries entered into in the normal course of business and these transactions include corporate expenses for services benefiting ASL. Up to the date of the deconsolidation, these transactions were eliminated on consolidation and had no impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. After deconsolidating ASL, these transactions are treated as third-party transactions in the Company’s financial statements. The amount of these related-party transactions is included within Note 15-Related Parties.
2023 Divestitures
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recognized a loss on the sale of businesses of $19.1 million, as a component of “Net income from discontinued operations, net of tax” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. The Company received $21.1 million of proceeds, net of transaction fees and holdbacks.
2022 Acquisitions
The Company acquired four businesses during the year ended December 31, 2022. The acquisitions were accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. As such, the purchase consideration for each acquired business was allocated to the acquired tangible and intangible assets and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the business combinations were recorded on the Company’s financial statements as of the acquisition date based upon the estimated fair value at such date. The excess of the purchase consideration over the estimated fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The results of operations of each acquired business has been included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss since its respective date of acquisition.
The aggregate purchase price for the acquisitions referenced above was $75.5 million, which includes $74.2 million paid in cash, $0.5 million recorded as contingent consideration liabilities, and $0.8 million recorded as holdback amounts. Contingent consideration payments are determined based on future financial performance and payment obligations (as defined in the applicable purchase agreement) and are recorded at fair value. The maximum potential payment outcome related to the acquisitions was $1.6 million. The goodwill related to the acquisitions represented the value paid for the assembled workforce, geographic presence, and expertise. Of the resulting goodwill relating to these acquisitions, $1.0 million is deductible for tax purposes.
The fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities of the acquisitions less post-close adjustments related to working capital completed during the year ended December 31, 2022, as of the applicable acquisition dates, are as follows:
(in thousands)
Consideration:
Cash
$
74,206
Holdback
Fair value of contingent consideration
Total consideration
75,526
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:
Assets
Accounts receivable
$
6,817
Other assets
3,446
Identifiable intangible assets
25,546
Total assets
35,809
Liabilities
Accounts payable
7,363
Deferred tax liabilities and other
8,546
Total liabilities
15,909
Redeemable noncontrolling interest
1,987
Noncontrolling interest
Total identifiable net assets
16,939
Goodwill arising from acquisitions
$
58,587
The identifiable intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The fair value and estimated useful lives of the intangible assets acquired are as follows:
(in thousands)
Amount
Weighted Average Useful Life
Client relationships
$
24,413
6 years
Trade names
1,133
5 years
Total identifiable intangible assets
25,546
The operating results of the businesses acquired during the year ended December 31, 2022 contributed total revenues of $35.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2022. The Company has determined that the presentation of net income (loss) from the date of acquisition is impracticable due to the integration of the operations upon acquisition.
During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company incurred $0.8 million in transaction costs related to the acquisitions described above. These costs have been included in “Selling, general, and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
3. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Changes in goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, are as follows:
(in thousands)
Branded Services
Experiential Services
Retailer Services
Total
Gross carrying amount as of December 31, 2022
$
990,115
$
547,671
$
1,206,559
$
2,744,345
Accumulated impairment charge
(722,675
)
(308,244
)
(988,604
)
(2,019,523
)
Balance at January 1, 2023
267,440
239,427
217,955
724,822
Measurement period adjustments
-
-
Deconsolidation of subsidiaries
(18,193
)
-
-
(18,193
)
Foreign exchange translation effects
3,212
-
-
3,212
Balance at December 31, 2023
252,809
239,427
217,955
710,191
Impairment charge
(233,170
)
-
-
(233,170
)
Balance at December 31, 2024
$
19,639
$
239,427
$
217,955
$
477,021
During the second quarter of fiscal year 2024, the Company determined a triggering event occurred and an impairment assessment was warranted for the Branded Agencies reporting unit goodwill due to the pending sale of one of the businesses that comprised a substantial portion of the assets, liabilities and prospective cash flows of the Branded Agencies reporting unit. As a result of the impairment test performed, the Company recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $99.7 million related to the Company's Branded Agencies reporting unit goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2024, which has been reflected in “Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. As a result of this charge, an immaterial amount of goodwill remains in this reporting unit.
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2024, the Company identified a triggering event that required an impairment assessment of goodwill for the Branded Services reporting unit. The triggering event was due to the loss of clients and a reduction in the scope of client services as the Company’s clients implemented internal cost reduction initiatives in response to challenges in the broader markets in which they operate. As a result of the goodwill impairment test, the Company recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $133.5 million related to the Branded Services reporting unit during the year ended December 31, 2024. This charge is reflected in “Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. As a result of this charge, the Branded Services segment had accumulated impairment losses to goodwill of $955.8 million as of December 31, 2024.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recognized goodwill impairment charges of $1,367.5 million as a result of the Company’s annual evaluation of goodwill impairment test (as further described in Note 1-Organization and Significant Accounting Policies). Accumulated impairment losses to goodwill were $2,252.7 million and $2,019.5 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
The following tables set forth information for intangible assets:
December 31, 2024
(amounts in thousands)
Weighted Average Useful Life
Gross
Carrying
Value
Accumulated
Amortization
Accumulated
Impairment Charges
Net Carrying
Value
Finite-lived intangible assets:
Client relationships
14 years
$
2,256,382
$
1,559,551
$
-
$
696,831
Trade names
10 years
88,600
62,353
-
26,247
Total finite-lived intangible assets
2,344,982
1,621,904
-
723,078
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:
Trade name
1,480,000
-
870,500
609,500
Total other intangible assets
$
3,824,982
$
1,621,904
$
870,500
$
1,332,578
December 31, 2023
(amounts in thousands)
Weighted Average Useful Life
Gross
Carrying
Value
Accumulated
Amortization
Accumulated
Impairment Charges
Net Carrying
Value
Finite-lived intangible assets:
Client relationships
14 years
$
2,282,792
$
1,417,570
$
-
$
865,222
Trade names
10 years
88,600
53,494
-
35,106
Total finite-lived intangible assets
2,371,392
1,471,064
-
900,328
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:
Trade name
1,480,000
-
828,500
651,500
Total other intangible assets
$
3,851,392
$
1,471,064
$
828,500
$
1,551,828
Intangible assets, along with the related accumulated amortization, are removed from the table above at the end of the fiscal year they become fully amortized.
As of December 31, 2024, estimated future amortization expenses of the Company’s finite-lived intangible assets are as follows:
(in thousands)
$
171,619
169,131
167,500
133,069
76,636
Thereafter
5,123
Total amortization expense
$
723,078
The Company records all intangible assets at their respective fair values and assesses the estimated useful lives of the assets at the time of acquisition. Client relationships were valued using the multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach. The values of client relationships are generally regarded as the estimated economic benefit derived from the incremental revenues and related cash flows as a direct result of the client relationships in place versus having to replicate them. Further, the Company evaluated the legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factors in determining the useful life. Trade names were valued using the relief-from-royalty method under the income approach. This method relies on the premise that, in lieu of ownership, a company would be willing to pay a royalty to obtain access to the use and benefits of the trade names. The Company has considered its trade name related to the 2014 Topco Acquisition to be indefinite, as there is no foreseeable limit on the period of time over which such trade names are expected to contribute to the cash flows of the reporting entity.
Amortization expenses included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 were $177.3 million, $186.8 million, and $189.1 million, respectively.
During the fourth quarter of December 31, 2024, the Company recognized an intangible asset impairment charge of $42.0 million as a result of the triggering event for the Branded Services reporting unit.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recognized an intangible asset impairment charge of $43.5 million related to the Company's indefinite-lived trade name, in connection with the Company’s deconsolidation of its European joint venture and planned disposition of its foodservice businesses (as further described in Note 1-Organization and Significant Accounting Policies and Note 2-Discontinued Operations, Deconsolidation of European Joint Venture, Divestitures and Acquisitions). During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recognized intangible asset impairment charges of $205.0 million related to the Company's indefinite-lived trade name in connection with the Company’s annual intangible asset impairment test on October 1, 2022 (as further described in Note 1-Organization and Significant Accounting Policies).
During fiscal year 2022, the Company concluded the impact of challenges in the labor market and continued inflationary pressures was an indicator that impairment may exist related to its client relationship intangible assets and as a result, the Company performed a recoverability test and determined that there was no impairment.
4. Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following:
December 31,
(in thousands)
Inventory and supplies
$
8,061
$
29,731
Prepaid expenses
39,473
44,949
Interest rate collars and caps
-
26,279
Prepaid income taxes
2,120
2,889
Other receivables
11,626
8,187
Consideration receivable from divestitures
22,530
-
Other current assets
3,108
3,886
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets
$
86,918
$
115,921
Inventory is stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Costs are determined on the first-in, first-out basis. The Company records write-downs of inventories which are obsolete or in excess of anticipated demand or net realizable value based on a consideration of marketability, historical sales and demand forecasts which consider assumptions about future demand and market conditions.
Other assets consist of the following:
December 31,
(in thousands)
Operating lease right-of-use assets
$
25,932
$
33,841
Deposits
3,394
3,201
Workers' compensation receivable
3,605
3,941
Consideration receivable from divestitures
25,166
-
Other long-term assets
3,810
2,560
Total other assets
$
61,907
$
43,543
5. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consist of the following:
December 31,
(in thousands)
Software
$
140,680
$
103,260
Computer hardware
51,367
58,528
Leasehold improvements
16,342
18,668
Furniture, fixtures, and other
4,553
4,368
Total property and equipment
212,942
184,824
Less: accumulated depreciation
(115,179
)
(120,116
)
Total property and equipment, net
$
97,763
$
64,708
Depreciation expense was $27.3 million, $22.0 million, and $27.0 million related to property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.
6. Other Liabilities
Other accrued expenses consist of the following:
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Accrued interest payable
$
30,987
$
35,637
Contingent consideration
-
18,355
Operating lease liabilities
13,323
14,573
Accrued income taxes
6,238
3,864
General liability insurance reserve
16,054
12,926
Client deposits
12,906
15,544
Rebates due to retailers
9,752
6,348
Liabilities related to the Take 5 Matter
9,416
9,416
Employee medical self-insurance reserves
10,250
8,695
Accrued restructuring and reorganization
15,598
6,402
Other accrued expenses
10,153
12,655
Total other accrued expenses
$
134,677
$
144,415
Other long-term liabilities consist of the following:
December 31,
(in thousands)
Operating lease liabilities
$
24,648
$
33,967
Workers' compensation
33,722
35,025
Other long-term liabilities
5,771
5,563
Total other long-term liabilities
$
64,141
$
74,555
Under the workers’ compensation programs, the estimated liability for claims incurred but unpaid at December 31, 2024 and 2023 were $59.4 million and $63.0 million, respectively. These amounts include reported claims as well as claims incurred but not reported. As of December 31, 2024, $25.7 million and $33.7 million of this liability was included in the “Accrued compensation and benefits” and “Other long-term liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, $28.0 million and $35.0 million of this liability was included in the “Accrued compensation and benefits” and “Other long-term liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, respectively. In connection with its deductible limits, the Company has standby letters-of-credit in the amount of $44.1 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and $15.0 million and $16.0 million surety bond as of such years supporting the estimated unpaid claim liabilities.
Contingent Consideration Liabilities
Each reporting period, the Company measures the fair value of its contingent liabilities by evaluating the significant unobservable inputs and probability weightings using Monte Carlo simulations. Any resulting decreases or increases in the fair value result in a corresponding gain or loss reported in “Selling, general, and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. The Company has reassessed the fair value of contingent consideration based on the achievement of performance targets as defined in the respective purchase agreements and it resulted in fair value adjustments of $1.7 million and $11.2 million losses that are included in “Selling, general, and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 2024, there were no contingent consideration liabilities outstanding.
The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying value of the contingent consideration liabilities:
December 31,
(in thousands)
Beginning of the period
$
18,355
$
14,626
Changes in fair value
1,678
11,152
Payments
(20,033
)
(7,423
)
End of the period
$
-
$
18,355
7. Restructuring
During fiscal year 2024, the Company implemented restructuring plans as a result of the overall reorganization.
Voluntary Early Retirement Program (“VERP”)
During fiscal year 2024, the Company offered a VERP to certain eligible U.S.-based employees. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded $20.1 million of settlement charges and special termination benefits in “Selling, general, and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
2024 Restructuring Program (“2024 RIF”)
In September 2024, the Company announced a cost savings program to improve operational performance and align cost structures consistent with revenue levels associated with business changes, which includes termination benefits associated with a reduction-in-force substantially completed in fiscal year 2024. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded $9.9 million of settlement charges and special termination benefits in “Selling, general, and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
As of December 31, 2024, $14.1 million of the Company’s restructuring charges were included in “Other accrued expenses” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The following table summarizes the Company’s restructuring activity:
(in thousands)
2024 RIF
2024 VERP
Total
Balance at January 1, 2024
$
-
$
-
$
-
Charges
9,931
20,120
30,051
Cash payments
(7,644
)
(8,339
)
(15,983
)
Balance at December 31, 2024
$
2,287
$
11,781
$
14,068
The following table summarizes the Company’s restructuring expense by segment:
(in thousands)
Year Ended
December 31, 2024
Branded Services
$
19,343
Experiential Services
4,368
Retailer Services
6,340
Total restructuring expenses
$
30,051
8. Debt
December 31,
(in thousands)
Term Loan Facility
$
1,105,995
$
1,149,057
Senior Secured Notes
615,087
743,000
Other notes
-
Total long-term debt
1,721,082
1,892,483
Less: current portion
13,250
13,274
Less: debt issuance costs
21,142
31,091
Long-term debt, net of current portion
$
1,686,690
$
1,848,118
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
Effective October 28, 2020, Advantage Sales & Marketing Inc., an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Borrower”), entered into (i) a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility (“ABL Revolving Credit Agreement”) in an aggregate principal amount of up to $400.0 million, subject to borrowing base capacity (as amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Revolving Credit Facility”) and (ii) a secured first lien term loan credit facility (“First Lien Credit Agreement”) in an aggregate
principal amount of $1.325 billion (as amended and/or/restated from time to time, the “Term Loan Facility” and together with the Revolving Credit Facility, the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”).
Revolving Credit Facility
The Revolving Credit Facility provides for revolving loans and letters of credit in an aggregate amount of up to $500.0 million, subject to borrowing base capacity. Letters of credit are limited to the lesser of (a) $150.0 million and (b) the aggregate unused amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility then in effect. Loans under the Revolving Credit Facility may be denominated in either U.S. dollars or Canadian dollars. Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”), will act as administrative agent and collateral agent. The Revolving Credit Facility matures five years after the date the Company enters into the Company's Revolving Credit Facility. The Borrower may use borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility to fund working capital and for other general corporate purposes, including permitted acquisitions and other investments.
Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility are limited by borrowing base calculations based on the sum of specified percentages of eligible accounts receivable plus specified percentages of qualified cash, minus the amount of any applicable reserves. Borrowings will bear interest at a floating rate, which can be either an adjusted Term SOFR or Alternative Currency Spread rate plus an applicable margin or, at the Borrower’s option, a base rate or Canadian Prime Rate plus an applicable margin. The applicable margins for the Revolving Credit Facility are 1.75%, 2.00% or 2.25%, with respect to Term SOFR or Alternative Currency Spread rate borrowings and 0.75%, 1.00%, or 1.25%, with respect to base rate or Canadian Prime Rate borrowings, in each case depending on average excess availability under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Borrower’s ability to draw under the Revolving Credit Facility or issue letters of credit thereunder will be conditioned upon, among other things, the Borrower’s delivery of prior written notice of a borrowing or issuance, as applicable, the Borrower’s ability to reaffirm the representations and warranties contained in the credit agreement governing the Revolving Credit Facility and the absence of any default or event of default thereunder.
The Borrower’s obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility are guaranteed by Karman Intermediate Corp. (“Holdings”) and all of the Borrower’s direct and indirect wholly owned material U.S. subsidiaries (subject to certain permitted exceptions) and Canadian subsidiaries (subject to certain permitted exceptions, including exceptions based on immateriality thresholds of aggregate assets and revenues of Canadian subsidiaries) (the “Guarantors”). The Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a lien on substantially all of Holdings’, the Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ assets (subject to certain permitted exceptions). The Revolving Credit Facility has a first-priority lien on the current asset collateral and a second-priority lien on security interests in the fixed asset collateral (second in priority to the liens securing the Notes and the Term Loan Facility discussed below), in each case, subject to other permitted liens.
The Revolving Credit Facility has the following fees: (i) an unused line fee of 0.375% or 0.250% per annum of the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility, depending on average excess availability under the Revolving Credit Facility; (ii) a letter of credit participation fee on the aggregate stated amount of each letter of credit equal to the applicable margin for adjusted Eurodollar rate loans, as applicable; and (iii) certain other customary fees and expenses of the lenders and agents thereunder.
The Revolving Credit Facility contains customary covenants, including, but not limited to, restrictions on the Borrower’s ability and that of its subsidiaries to merge and consolidate with other companies, incur indebtedness, grant liens or security interests on assets, make acquisitions, loans, advances or investments, pay dividends, sell or otherwise transfer assets, optionally prepay or modify terms of any junior indebtedness, enter into transactions with affiliates or change its line of business. The Revolving Credit Facility will require the maintenance of a fixed charge coverage ratio (as set forth in the credit agreement governing the Revolving Credit Facility) of 1.00 to 1.00 at the end of each fiscal quarter when excess availability is less than the greater of $25.0 million and 10% of the lesser of the borrowing base and maximum borrowing capacity. Such fixed charge coverage ratio will be tested at the end of each quarter until such time as excess availability exceeds the level set forth above.
The Revolving Credit Facility provides that, upon the occurrence of certain events of default, the Borrower’s obligations thereunder may be accelerated and the lending commitments terminated. Such events of default include payment defaults to the lenders thereunder, material inaccuracies of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, voluntary and involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency, corporate arrangement, winding-up, liquidation or similar proceedings, material money judgments, material pension-plan events, certain change of control events and other customary events of default.
On October 28, 2021, the Borrower and Holdings also entered into the First Amendment to the ABL Revolving Credit Agreement (the “ABL Amendment”), which amended the ABL Revolving Credit Agreement, dated October 28, 2020, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the lenders from time-to-time party thereto and Bank of America, as administrative agent. The ABL Amendment was entered into by the Borrower to amend certain terms and provisions, including (i) reducing the interest rate floor for Eurocurrency rate loans from 0.50% to 0.00% and base rate loans from 1.50% to 1.00%, and (ii) updating the provisions by which
U.S. Dollar LIBOR will eventually be replaced with SOFR or another interest rate benchmark to reflect the most recent standards and practices used in the industry. The ABL Amendment was deemed to be a modification of the Revolving Credit Facility for accounting purposes.
On December 2, 2022, the Borrower, Holdings and certain of the Borrower’s subsidiaries, entered into the Second Amendment to ABL Revolving Credit Agreement (the “Second Amendment”), which amends the ABL Revolving Credit Agreement, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, as administrative agent, and the other parties thereto. The Second Amendment was entered into by the Borrower to amend certain terms and provisions of the Revolving Credit Facility, including, among other things: (i) increasing the aggregate amount of maximum revolving commitments available from $400.0 million to $500.0 million; (ii) replacing the Eurocurrency Rate interest rate metric with a metric based on Term SOFR (as defined in the Second Amendment), whereby applicable borrowings in United States dollars will bear interest at a floating rate based on Term SOFR plus an applicable margin; (iii) reducing each applicable interest rate pricing tier based on the Average Historical Excess Availability (as defined therein) with respect to Term SOFR borrowings, Alternative Currency borrowings, base rate borrowings and Canadian Prime Rate borrowings, in each case for each pricing tier by 0.25% per annum; and (iv) extending the scheduled maturity date of the borrowings to December 2, 2027.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, there were no amounts due under the Revolving Credit Facility. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, the Company had no borrowings or repayments under the Revolving Credit Facility. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the Company had borrowings and repayments under the Revolving Credit Facility of $40.0 million each. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, the Company had borrowings and repayments under the Revolving Credit Facility of $280.0 million each.
Term Loan Facility
The Term Loan Facility consists of a term loan credit facility denominated in U.S. dollars in an aggregate outstanding principal amount of $1.106 billion. Borrowings under the Term Loan Facility amortize in equal quarterly installments in an amount equal to 1.00% per annum of the principal amount. Borrowings will bear interest at a floating rate of Term SOFR plus an applicable margin of 4.25% per annum, subject to additional spread adjustment on SOFR ranging from 0.11% to 0.26%. The Term Loan Facility matures on October 28, 2027.
The Borrower may voluntarily prepay loans or reduce commitments under the Term Loan Facility, in whole or in part, subject to minimum amounts, with prior notice but without premium or penalty. The Company voluntarily repurchased an aggregate of $29.8 million principal amount of its Term Loan Facility during the year ended December 31, 2024. The Company recognized a gain on the repurchase of $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, as a component of “Interest expense, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
The Borrower will be required to prepay the Term Loan Facility with 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales (such percentage subject to reduction based on the achievement of specific first lien net leverage ratios) and subject to certain reinvestment rights, 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain debt issuances and 50% of excess cash flow (such percentage subject to reduction based on the achievement of specific first lien net leverage ratios). The Borrower was not required to make any excess cash flow payments for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the Borrower did not make any other mandatory or voluntary prepayments of the Term Loan Facility for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
The Borrower’s obligations under the Term Loan Facility are guaranteed by Holdings and the Guarantors. The Term Loan Facility is secured by a lien on substantially all of Holdings’, the Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ assets (subject to certain permitted exceptions). The Term Loan Facility has a first-priority lien on the fixed asset collateral (equal in priority with the liens securing the Notes) and a second-priority lien on the current asset collateral (second in priority to the liens securing the Revolving Credit Facility), in each case, subject to other permitted liens.
The Term Loan Facility contains certain customary negative covenants, including, but not limited to, restrictions on the Borrower’s ability and that of its restricted subsidiaries to merge and consolidate with other companies, incur indebtedness, grant liens or security interests on assets, pay dividends or make other restricted payments, sell or otherwise transfer assets or enter into transactions with affiliates.
The Term Loan Facility provides that, upon the occurrence of certain events of default, the Company’s obligations thereunder may be accelerated. Such events of default will include payment defaults to the lenders thereunder, material inaccuracies of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, voluntary and involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency, corporate arrangement, winding-up, liquidation or similar proceedings, material money judgments, change of control and other customary events of default.
On October 28, 2021, the Borrower, together Holdings and certain of the Borrower’s subsidiaries, entered into Amendment No. 1 to the First Lien Credit Agreement (the “First Lien Amendment”), which amended the Term Loan Facility, dated October 28, 2020, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, Bank of America, as administrative agent and collateral agent, each lender party from time to time thereto, and the other parties thereto. The First Lien Amendment was entered into by the Borrower to reduce the applicable interest rate on the term loan from 5.25% to 4.50% per annum. Additional terms and provisions amended include (i) resetting the period for six months following October 28, 2021 in which a 1.00% prepayment premium shall apply to any prepayment of the term loan in connection with certain repricing events, and (ii) updating the provisions by which U.S. Dollar LIBOR will eventually be replaced with SOFR or another interest rate benchmark to reflect the most recent standards and practices used in the industry. The First Lien Amendment was deemed to be a modification of the Term Loan Facility for accounting purposes. In May 2023, the Company amended the Term Loan Facility to replace the U.S. Dollar LIBOR provisions with SOFR, effective June 30, 2023. In April 2024 (the “Third Lien Amendment Effective Date”), the Company amended the Term Loan Facility (the “Third Lien Amendment”) to (i) reduce the applicable interest rate margin (a) from 4.50% to 4.25% for SOFR loans or (b) from 3.50% to 3.25% for base rate loans; and (ii) reset the period for six months following the Third Lien Amendment Effective Date in which a 1.00% prepayment premium shall apply to any prepayment of the term loans in connection with a Repricing Event (as defined in the amended First Lien Credit Agreement). The First Lien Amendment and Third Lien Amendment were deemed to be modifications of the Term Loan Facility for accounting purposes.
Senior Secured Notes
Effective as of October 28, 2020, Advantage Solutions FinCo LLC (“Finco”) issued $775.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2028 (the “Notes”). Substantially concurrently with the issuance of the Notes, Finco merged with and into Advantage Sales & Marketing Inc. (the “Issuer”), with the Issuer continuing as the surviving entity and assuming the obligations of Finco. The Notes were sold to certain financial institutions and the Notes were then resold to certain non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and to persons reasonably believed to be qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act at a purchase price equal to 100% of their principal amount. The terms of the Notes are governed by an Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2020 (the “Indenture”), among Finco, the Issuer, the guarantors named therein (the “Notes Guarantors”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent.
Interest and maturity
Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 at a rate of 6.50% per annum, commencing on May 15, 2021. The Notes will mature on November 15, 2028.
Guarantees
The Notes are guaranteed by Holdings and each of the Issuer’s direct and indirect wholly owned material U.S. subsidiaries (subject to certain permitted exceptions) and Canadian subsidiaries (subject to certain permitted exceptions, including exceptions based on immateriality thresholds of aggregate assets and revenues of Canadian subsidiaries) that is a borrower or guarantor under the Term Loan Facility.
Security and ranking
The Notes and the related guarantees are the general, senior secured obligations of the Issuer and the Notes Guarantors, are secured on a first-priority pari passu basis by security interests on the fixed asset collateral (equal in priority with liens securing the Term Loan Facility), and are secured on a second-priority basis by security interests on the current asset collateral (second in priority to the liens securing the Revolving Credit Facility and equal in priority with liens securing the Term Loan Facility), in each case, subject to certain limitations and exceptions and permitted liens.
The Notes and related guarantees rank (i) equally in right of payment with all of the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ senior indebtedness, without giving effect to collateral arrangements (including the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) and effectively equal to all of the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ senior indebtedness secured on the same priority basis as the Notes, including the Term Loan Facility, (ii) effectively subordinated to any of the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ indebtedness that is secured by assets that do not constitute collateral for the Notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and to indebtedness that is secured by a senior-priority lien, including the Revolving Credit Facility to the extent of the value of the current asset collateral and (iii) structurally subordinated to the liabilities of the Issuer’s non-Guarantor subsidiaries.
Optional redemption for the Notes
The Notes are redeemable on or after November 15, 2023 at the applicable redemption prices specified in the Indenture plus accrued and unpaid interest. If the Issuer or its restricted subsidiaries sell certain of their respective assets or experience specific kinds of changes of control, subject to certain exceptions, the Issuer must offer to purchase the Notes at par. In connection with any offer to purchase all Notes, if holders of no less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes validly tender their Notes, the Issuer is entitled to redeem any remaining Notes at the price offered to each holder. The Borrower may voluntarily prepay loans or reduce commitments under the Notes, in whole or in part without premium or penalty at a mutually agreeable rate between the buyer and the seller. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Borrower repurchased Notes with a par value of $127.9 million for $118.3 million. The Company recognized a gain on the repurchase of the Notes of $9.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, as a component of “Interest expense, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. The Company recognized a gain on the repurchase of the Notes of $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, as a component of “Interest expense, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
Restrictive covenants
The Notes are subject to covenants that, among other things limit the Issuer’s ability and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to: incur additional indebtedness or guarantee indebtedness; pay dividends or make other distributions in respect of, or repurchase or redeem, the Issuer’s or a parent entity’s capital stock; prepay, redeem or repurchase certain indebtedness; issue certain preferred stock or similar equity securities; make loans and investments; sell or otherwise dispose of assets; incur liens; enter into transactions with affiliates; enter into agreements restricting the Issuer’s subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of the Issuer’s assets, except as permitted under the terms of the Notes. Most of these covenants will be suspended on the Notes when they have investment grade ratings from both Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and S&P Global Ratings and so long as no default or event of default under the Indenture has occurred and is continuing.
Events of default
The following constitute events of default under the Notes, among others: default in the payment of interest; default in the payment of principal; failure to comply with covenants; failure to pay other indebtedness after final maturity or acceleration of other indebtedness exceeding a specified amount; certain events of bankruptcy; failure to pay a judgment for payment of money exceeding a specified aggregate amount; voidance of subsidiary guarantees; failure of any material provision of any security document or intercreditor agreement to be in full force and effect; and lack of perfection of liens on a material portion of the collateral, in each case subject to applicable grace periods.
Debt Maturities
Future minimum principal payments on long-term debt are as follows:
(in thousands)
$
13,250
13,250
1,079,495
615,087
-
Total future minimum principal payments
$
1,721,082
9. Leases
The Company leases facilities, and equipment under noncancelable leases that have been classified as operating leases for financial reporting purposes. These leases often include one or more options to renew and the lease term includes the renewal terms when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise the option. In general, for the Company’s material leases, the renewal options are not included in the calculation of its right-of-use assets and lease liabilities, as the Company does not believe that it is reasonably certain that these renewal options will be exercised. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual guarantees or material restrictive covenants.
All operating lease expenses are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term as a component of “Selling, general, and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. Payments under the Company’s lease arrangements are primarily fixed. However, certain lease agreements contain variable costs, which are expensed as incurred and
not included in the calculation of the Company’s right-of-use assets and related liabilities for those leases. These costs typically include real estate taxes, common area maintenance and utilities for which the Company is obligated to pay under the terms of those leases.
During the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, the Company expensed approximately $18.0 million, $26.5 million and $29.7 million, respectively, of total operating lease costs, which includes $2.0 million, $4.8 million and $4.4 million of variable lease costs, respectively.
Based on the present value of the lease payments for the remaining lease term of the Company’s existing leases, the Company’s right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for operating leases as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 were as follows:
Classification
December 31,
(in thousands)
Assets
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Other assets
$
25,932
$
33,841
Liabilities
Current operating lease liabilities
Other accrued expenses
13,323
14,573
Noncurrent operating lease liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
24,648
33,967
Total lease liabilities
$
37,971
$
48,540
Because the rate implicit in each lease is not readily determinable, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate to determine the present value of the lease payments. In determining its incremental borrowing rate, the Company reviewed the terms of its leases, its credit facilities, and other factors.
Information related to the Company’s right-of-use assets and related lease liabilities were as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
(amounts in thousands)
Cash paid for operating lease liabilities
$
18,518
$
25,527
$
22,561
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease obligations
18,187
29,937
Weighted-average remaining lease term
3.5 years
3.8 years
4.3 years
Weighted-average discount rate
9.9
%
9.8
%
8.6
%
Maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2024 were as follows:
(in thousands)
$
16,328
12,735
6,914
4,072
3,351
Thereafter
1,883
Total lease payments
45,283
Less: imputed interest
(7,312
)
Present value of lease liabilities
$
37,971
10. Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Company measures fair value based on the prices that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value measurements are based on a three-tier hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value.
As of December 31, 2024, and 2023, the Company’s interest rate derivatives and forward contracts are Level 2 assets and liabilities with the related fair values based on third-party pricing service models. These models use discounted cash flows that utilize market-based forward swap curves commensurate with the terms of the underlying instruments.
As of December 31, 2023, the contingent consideration liabilities are Level 3 liabilities with the related fair values based on significant unobservable inputs and probability weightings in using the income approach.
The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis at fair value, categorized by input level within the fair value hierarchy. The carrying amounts of “Cash and cash equivalents”, “Accounts receivable”, and “Accounts payable” approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these financial instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
December 31, 2024
(in thousands)
Fair Value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Assets measured at fair value
Derivative financial instruments
$
$
-
$
$
-
Total assets measured at fair value
$
$
-
$
$
-
Liabilities measured at fair value
Warrant liability
$
$
-
$
$
-
Total liabilities measured at fair value
$
$
-
$
$
-
December 31, 2023
(in thousands)
Fair Value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Assets measured at fair value
Derivative financial instruments
$
26,344
$
-
$
26,344
$
-
Total assets measured at fair value
$
26,344
$
-
$
26,344
$
-
Liabilities measured at fair value
Warrant liability
$
$
-
$
$
-
Contingent consideration liabilities
18,355
-
-
18,355
Total liabilities measured at fair value
$
19,022
$
-
$
$
18,355
Interest Rate Collar and Agreements
The Company had interest rate collar and cap contracts with an aggregate notional value of principals of $850.0 million and $950.0 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, from various financial institutions to manage the Company’s exposure to interest rate movements on variable rate credit facilities. In July 2024, the Company entered into two interest rate collar contracts with a notional value of principal of $200.0 million each to manage the Company's exposure to potential interest rate increases that may result from fluctuation in SOFR. The interest rate collar contracts were effective December 16, 2024 and will mature on April 5, 2027 and 2028. In April 2023, the Company entered into two interest rate collar contracts in an aggregate notional amount of $300.0 million with a maturity date of April 5, 2026 to manage the Company's exposure to potential interest rate increases that may result from fluctuation in SOFR.
The fair value of the Company's outstanding interest rate collars and caps of $0.8 million and $26.3 million were included in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” and “Other assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, with changes in fair value recognized as a component of “Interest expense, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
During the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, the Company recognized interest income of $5.3 million, $7.7 million and $43.8 million, respectively, related to changes in the fair value of its derivative instruments.
Warrant Liability
The warrant liability is stated at fair value at each reporting period with the change in fair value recorded on the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss until the warrants are exercised, expire or other facts and circumstances lead the warrant liability to be reclassified as an equity instrument. The private placement warrants are classified as Level 2 based on the availability of sufficient observable information using the price of the public warrants as an indirectly observable quoted price in active markets to measure the fair value of the private placement warrants, which is inherently less subjective and judgmental given it is based on observable inputs.
On October 28, 2020, the Company recorded the initial warrant liability of the private placement warrants of $7.9 million. Subsequently, the warrant liability was remeasured to fair value resulting in gains of $0.6 million, $0.3 million and $21.2 million
reflected in “Change in fair value of warrant liabilities” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2024, and 2023, 7,333,333 private placement warrants remained outstanding at a fair value of $0.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively.
Long-term Debt
The following table sets forth the carrying values and fair values of the Company’s financial liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis, categorized by input level within the fair value hierarchy:
(in thousands)
Carrying Value
Fair Value
(Level 2)
Balance at December 31, 2024
Term Loan Facility
$
1,105,995
$
1,153,346
Senior Secured Notes
615,087
612,533
Total long-term debt
$
1,721,082
$
1,765,879
(in thousands)
Carrying Value
Fair Value
(Level 2)
Balance at December 31, 2023
Term Loan Facility
$
1,149,057
$
1,221,012
Senior Secured Notes
743,000
745,223
Other notes
Total long-term debt
$
1,892,483
$
1,966,335
The fair value of debt reported in the table above is based on adjusted price quotations on the debt instruments in an active market. The Company believes that the carrying value of its other borrowings, including amounts outstanding, if any, for the Revolving Credit Facility, approximate fair market value based on maturities for debt of similar terms.
11. Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates
The carrying value of the Company’s investments in unconsolidated affiliates accounted for under the equity method was $226.5 million and $210.8 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The investments as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 included the Company’s investment in ASL and Global Smollan Holdings (“GSH”). The Company’s proportionate share in their net assets at December 31, 2024, and 2023 were $212.6 million and $205.0 million, respectively.
The Company’s equity method investments are not considered significant based on Regulation S-X Rule 4-08(g); therefore, no summarized financial information for the Company’s unconsolidated subsidiaries have been presented.
European Joint Venture and Smollan Holdings (“SH”)
On November 30, 2023, the Company reduced its equity interest in ASL, its European joint venture, from a majority interest to a minority interest of 49.6% (“ASL Transaction”). As part of the ASL Transaction, the Company ceased to have a controlling financial interest in ASL. The Company reassessed the VIE and voting interest models and concluded the Company no longer has control. Therefore, in accordance with ASC 810, ASL was deconsolidated and the Company recorded a gain on deconsolidation of $58.9 million that has been included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. Subsequent to the ASL Transaction, the Company retained significant influence over ASL, and the investment in ASL is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The Company’s equity method investment in ASL was recognized at its fair value totaling $91.9 million on November 30, 2023.
In conjunction with the ASL Transaction, the Company sold its 12.5% interest in Partnership SPV 1 Limited in exchange for a non-voting interest in GSH, resulting in an insignificant impact on the consolidated financial statements as a result of this transaction.
In May 2023, the Company entered into a transaction in which it contributed its 25% ownership in the common stock of SH to GSH. Subsequent to this contribution, the Company holds a 25% non-voting equity investment in SH that provides the Company with preferred rights to non-cumulative dividends declared by SH with specified annual maximum dividends (“SH Dividend Shares”). The carrying value of the investment was not material as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.
ATV Investment
The Company also holds 9.9% of the outstanding common shares of a subsidiary of a Japanese supermarket chain (“ATV”). The Company does not have significant influence over ATV and, as a result, the Company elected the measurement alternative to value this equity investment without a readily determinable fair value. The Company will continue to apply the alternative measurement guidance until this investment does not qualify to be so measured. The carrying value of the investment was $5.2 million and $5.8 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Ceuta Holdings Limited
In November 2023, the Company entered into an agreement and sold all of its 8.8% investment in Ceuta Holdings Limited. The Company recognized a loss on sale of investment of $4.2 million, as a component of “Income from equity method investments” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss during the year ended December 31, 2023. The Company received $4.3 million of its common stock in exchange for its investment.
Other Investments
As part of the sale of the foodservice businesses during the year ended December 31, 2024, the foodservice businesses were combined with an entity owned by the buyer, with the Company receiving an ongoing 7.5% interest in the combined business. The ongoing ownership interest represents a continuing involvement which the Company has determined represents an equity method investment. Upon the close of the transaction, the retained 7.5% interest was recognized at fair value of $8.4 million. The carrying value of the investment was $9.0 million as of December 31, 2024.
12. Stock-Based Compensation and Other Benefit Plans
The Company has nonqualified stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and performance restricted stock units (“PSUs”) under the Advantage Solutions Inc. 2020 Incentive Award Plan (the “Plan”). The Company’s RSUs and PSUs are expensed based on the fair value at the grant date. The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense and equity-based compensation expense as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Restricted stock-based unit awards
$
17,731
$
22,177
$
21,215
Other share-based awards
13,288
13,090
10,993
Total stock-based compensation before tax
31,019
35,267
32,208
Tax benefit
(5,050
)
(8,005
)
(6,695
)
Total stock-based compensation expense included in net loss
$
25,969
$
27,262
$
25,513
Performance Restricted Stock Units
PSUs granted in fiscal year 2024 are subject to achievement of certain performance conditions based on measurements of the Company’s Adjusted EBITDA margin and cash earnings. The Company’s Adjusted EBITDA margin and cash earnings relative to specified targets will be measured each year over the three-year period of fiscal years 2024, 2025 and 2026, and an annual achievement percentage will be determined. The annual achievement percentages for each of fiscal years 2024, 2025 and 2026 will be averaged following the completion of the three-year performance period to determine the final achievement percentage. In addition, the earned PSUs are subject to further adjustment depending on the Company’s performance against a specified peer group for total stockholder return during the three-year performance period. This adjustment can either put a floor or a cap on the calculation of the final PSUs value. Subject to certain termination events, these PSUs are scheduled to cliff-vest on the third-year anniversary of the date of grant and may vest from 0% to 200% of the “target” number of PSUs specified in the table below.
PSUs are subject to the recipient's continued service to the Company. PSUs granted in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021 are subject to achievement of certain performance conditions based on the Company’s revenues (“PSU Revenues”) and Adjusted EBITDA (“PSU EBITDA”) targets in the respective measurement period and the recipient’s continued service to the Company. The measurement period is based on the twelve months of the respective fiscal year. The PSUs are scheduled to vest over a three-year period from the date of grant and may vest from 0% to 150% of the number of shares set forth in the table below. The number of PSUs earned shall be adjusted to be proportional to the partial performance between the Threshold Goals, Target Goals and Maximum Goals as defined in the award agreements. Details for each aforementioned defined term for each grant have been provided in the table below.
The fair value of PSU grants was equal to the closing price of the Company's stock on the date of the applicable grant. The maximum potential expense if the Maximum Goals were met for these awards has been provided in the table below. Recognition of expense associated with performance-based stock is not permitted until achievement of the performance targets are probable of occurring.
Measurement Period
Number of
Shares
Threshold
Number of
Shares
Target
Number of
Shares
Maximum
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share
Maximum Remaining Unrecognized Compensation Expense
Weighted-average remaining requisite service periods
130,097
1,040,775
2,081,550
$
4.33
$
8,864,917
2.3 years
5,592,945
5,592,945
8,389,418
$
2.09
$
6,389,726
1.4 years
137,120
137,120
137,120
$
5.51
$
65,102
0.4 years
The following table summarizes the PSU activity for the year ended December 31, 2024:
Performance Share Units
Weighted Average Grant
Date Fair Value
Outstanding at January 1, 2024
7,339,129
$
2.60
Granted
1,064,885
$
4.33
Distributed
(2,499,489
)
$
3.33
Forfeited
(1,459,997
)
$
2.13
PSU performance adjustment
2,326,312
$
2.08
Outstanding at December 31, 2024(1)
6,770,840
$
2.56
(1)PSU award activity is presented at Target until the period in which the Human Capital Committee approves the achievement percentages, at which point the awards are adjusted accordingly, subject to additional performance requirements and service-based vesting conditions.
During the first quarter of fiscal year 2025, the Human Capital Committee determined the annual achievement percentage for PSUs granted in fiscal year 2024 to be 128.3%. The value of these PSU awards remain subject to additional performance requirements (i.e. the annual achievement percentages for fiscal years 2025 and 2026 and the Company’s performance against a specified peer group for total stockholder return during the three-year performance period) and service-based vesting conditions.
During the first quarter of fiscal year 2024, the Human Capital Committee determined that the achievement of the performance objectives applicable to the PSU EBITDA 2023 and PSU Revenues 2023 objectives were 150% of Target Goals. The value of these PSU awards above the Target Goals remain subject to additional performance requirements (i.e., the above target performance must be maintained in 2024 and 2025) and service-based vesting conditions. The performance period for those PSU awards up to the Target Goals ended on December 31, 2023, but remain subject to service-based vesting conditions.
During the first quarter of fiscal year 2023, the Human Capital Committee determined that the achievement of the performance objective applicable to the PSU EBITDA 2022 objective did not meet the minimum threshold and the achievement of the performance objective applicable to the PSU Revenues 2022 objective was 83.2% of Target Goals. The performance period for those awards ended on December 31, 2022 but remain subject to service-based vesting conditions.
During the first quarter of fiscal year 2022, the Human Capital Committee determined that the achievement of the performance objective applicable to the PSU EBITDA 2021 objective was 64.6% of target and the achievement of the performance objective applicable to the PSU Revenues 2021 objective was 126.2% of target. In the first quarter of fiscal year 2022, the Human Capital Committee determined that the PSU Revenues and PSU EBITDA metrics will be measured separately when determining whether above-target performance has been maintained for future year performance. Such determination is applicable to the PSU grants made in fiscal years 2021 and in 2022. As a result, the 26.2% above-target performance on PSU Revenues for fiscal year 2021 must have been maintained in fiscal years 2022 and 2023 in order for the corresponding above-target PSUs to vest in January 2024. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2024, the Human Capital Committee determined that there was no decline in performance with respect to PSU Revenues in fiscal years 2022 and 2023 and as a result, an amount equal to approximately 9.2% of the target number of PSUs granted in January 2021 that were still outstanding vested in January 2024.
Under the provision of ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, the Company determined that the 2021 PSUs were modified as of March 11, 2022 related to 205,834 above-target PSU Revenues metrics. The stock-based compensation expense for such modification was accounted for as a cancellation of the original award and the issuance of a new award using the fair value of the award on the date of modification.
Restricted Stock Units
Restricted stock units are subject to the recipient’s continued service to the Company. RSUs are generally scheduled to vest over three years and are subject to the provisions of the agreement under the Plan.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the following activities involving RSUs occurred under the Plan:
Number of RSUs
Weighted Average Grant
Date Fair Value
Outstanding at January 1, 2024
18,238,623
$
2.92
Granted
5,872,921
$
4.27
Distributed
(7,318,370
)
$
3.41
Forfeited
(4,975,728
)
$
2.92
Outstanding at December 31, 2024
11,817,446
$
3.28
As of December 31, 2024, the total remaining unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs amounted to $15.8 million, which will be amortized over the weighted-average remaining requisite service periods of 2.0 years.
Stock Options
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the following activities involving stock options occurred under the Plan:
Stock Options
Weighted Average Exercise Price
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at January 1, 2024
17,375,000
$
6.00
Granted
3,058,018
$
4.33
Forfeited
-
$
-
Cancelled/Expired
-
$
-
Outstanding at December 31, 2024
20,433,018
$
5.75
7.4 years
$
3,233,999
Exercisable at December 31, 2024
3,604,999
$
2.59
8.1 years
$
2,003,600
The fair value of the employee stock options was estimated using the following weighted average assumptions:
Year Ended December 31,
Dividend yield
0.0
%
0.0
%
0.0
%
Expected volatility
40.0
%
40.0
%
34.4
%
Risk-free interest rate
4.7
%
3.5
%
2.9
%
Expected term
4.5 years
6.4 years
6.5 years
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had approximately $6.5 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to stock options, net of related forfeiture estimates, which the Company expects to recognize over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.4 years. The weighted average remaining contractual term of all options outstanding as of December 31, 2024 was 7.4 years. The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of December 31, 2024 was $3.2 million based on the market price of the Company's common stock of $2.92 per share. As of December 31, 2024, there were 3.6 million stock options that were exercisable.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Company provides compensation benefits to employees under the amended 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, (the “ESPP”). Employees have to satisfy one or more requirements before participating in the ESPP and not be subject to certain restrictions (e.g., “highly compensated employees” may not be granted rights to purchase stock under the ESPP).
The administrator may approve offerings with a duration of not more than 27 months and may specify one or more shorter purchase periods within each offering (“Offering Period”). Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of the common stock will be purchased for the employees who are participating in the offering. The administrator, in its discretion, will determine the terms of offerings under the ESPP.
Beginning with the July 1, 2024 purchase period, the ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of the common stock through payroll deductions with up to 10% of their earnings. The purchase price of the shares will not be less than 90% of the fair market value
of the common stock on the date of purchase. Payroll deductions shall be equal to at least one percent (1%) of the participant’s compensation as of each payday of the Offering Period following the first date of each Offering Period (the “Enrollment Date”), but not more than the lesser of fifteen percent (15%) of the participant’s compensation as of each payday of the Offering Period following the Enrollment Date or $10,000 per calendar year.
For purchase periods prior to July 1, 2024, the ESPP permitted participants to purchase shares of the common stock through payroll deductions with up to 15% of their earnings. The purchase price of the shares would not be less than 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock on the first day of an offering or on the date of purchase. Payroll deductions were equal to at least one percent (1%) of the participant’s compensation as of each payday of the Offering Period following the Enrollment Date, but not more than the lesser of fifteen percent (15%) of the participant’s compensation as of each payday of the Offering Period following the Enrollment Date or $25,000 per offering period.
A participant may not transfer purchase rights under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.
In the event of a specified corporate transaction, such as a merger or change in control, a successor corporation may assume, continue or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation does not assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding purchase rights, the offering in progress will be shortened and a new exercise date will be set. The participants’ purchase rights will be exercised on the new exercise date and such purchase rights will terminate immediately thereafter.
The ESPP will remain in effect until terminated by the administrator in accordance with the terms of the ESPP. The board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP, at any time and for any reason.
Employee Benefit Plans
The Company sponsors 401(k) plans for certain employees who meet specified age and length of service requirements. The 401(k) plans include a deferral feature under which employees may elect to defer a portion of their salary, subject to Internal Revenue Service limitations. The Company provides a matching contribution based on a percentage of participating employees’ salaries and contributions made. Total contributions to the plan for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 were $11.7 million, $12.5 million, and $12.0 million, respectively.
13. Equity
Class A Common Stock-The Company is authorized to issue 3,290,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Company’s Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share on each matter on which they are entitled to vote. At December 31, 2024, there were 320,773,096 shares of Class A common stock legally issued and outstanding. At December 31, 2023, there were 322,235,261 shares of Class A common stock legally issued and outstanding.
Preferred stock-The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock with no par value. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, there was no preferred stock issued or outstanding.
Common stock held in treasury, at cost- On November 9, 2021, the Company announced that the board of directors authorized a share repurchase program (the “2021 Share Repurchase Program”) pursuant to which the Company may repurchase up to $100.0 million of the Company’s Class A common stock.
The 2021 Share Repurchase Program does not have an expiration date, but provides for suspension or discontinuation at any time. The 2021 Share Repurchase Program permits the repurchase of the Company’s Class A common stock on the open market and in other means from time to time. The timing and amount of any share repurchase is subject to prevailing market conditions, relevant securities laws and other considerations, and the Company is under no obligation to repurchase any specific number of shares.
During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company executed open market purchases of $34.1 million and $6.4 million, respectively, of the Company’s Class A common stock under the 2021 Share Repurchase Program. The Company did not make any repurchases during the year ended December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2024, there remains $47.1 million of share repurchase availability under the 2021 Share Repurchase Program.
In December 2023, the Company entered into a trading plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act authorizing the repurchase of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock. From January 2, 2024 to April 24, 2024, the Company purchased 4.8 million shares of Class A common stock. In June 2024, the Company entered into another trading plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange
Act authorizing the repurchase of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock. From June 26, 2024 to August 13, 2024, the Company purchased 4.0 million shares of Class A common stock.
Warrants-As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, 11,244,988 public warrants were outstanding. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one whole share of the Company’s Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares of Class A common stock. The warrants became exercisable on November 27, 2020 and will expire on October 28, 2025, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.
As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, 7,333,333 private placement warrants were outstanding. The private placement warrants are identical to the public warrants, except that the private placement warrants and the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants were not transferable, assignable or salable until November 27, 2020, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the private placement warrants will be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or such purchasers’ permitted transferees. If the private placement warrants are held by someone other than the initial stockholders or their permitted transferees, the private placement warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the public warrants.
The Company may call the warrants for redemption:
For cash:
•in whole and not in part;
•at a price of $0.01 per warrant;
•upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption; and
•if, and only if, the last reported closing price of the common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, reclassifications, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.
For cash or Class A common stock:
•in whole and not in part;
•at a price of $0.10 per warrant, provided that the warrant holders will be able to exercise their warrants prior to redemption and receive that number of shares of Class A common stock to be determined by reference to a table included in the warrant agreement, based on the redemption date and the fair market value of the Class A common stock;
•upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption;
•if, and only if, the last reported closing price of the common stock equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, reclassifications, recapitalizations and the like) on the trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends notice of redemption to the warrant holders; and
•if, and only if, an effective registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating thereto is available throughout the 30-day period after which written notice of redemption is given, or the Company has elected to require the exercise of the warrants on a “cashless” basis.
If the Company calls the warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement.
The exercise price and number of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a share dividend. Additionally, in the event of a recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuance of Class A common stock at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrants shares.
Deconsolidation of ASL- As part of the deconsolidation of ASL, the $108.9 million noncontrolling interest was derecognized as reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity.
Purchase of Interests-During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company acquired a majority stake in an acquisition and received contributions from noncontrolling interest of $5.2 million. The fair value of the noncontrolling interest was $1.0 million.
Dividend to noncontrolling interest-Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries may, from time to time, declare dividends. There were no dividends related to the Company’s minority interests during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022.
14. Earnings Per Share
The Company calculates earnings per share using a dual presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share. Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding without the consideration for potential dilutive shares of common stock. Diluted earnings per share represents basic earnings per share adjusted to include the potentially dilutive effect of outstanding performance stock units, restricted stock units, public and private placement warrants, the employee stock purchase plan and stock options. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding and the potential dilutive shares of common stock for the period determined using the treasury stock method. During periods of net loss, diluted loss per share is equal to basic loss per share because the antidilutive effect of potential common shares is disregarded.
The following is a reconciliation of basic and diluted net (loss) income per common share:
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands, except share and earnings per share data)
Basic earnings per share computation:
Numerator:
Net loss from continuing operations
$
(378,404
)
$
(81,211
)
$
(1,418,652
)
Less: net income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interest
-
2,346
3,757
Net loss from continuing operations attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
$
(378,404
)
$
(83,557
)
$
(1,422,409
)
Net income from discontinued operations, net of tax
$
53,634
$
20,829
$
41,350
Less: net income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interest
2,192
(546
)
Net income from discontinued operations attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
$
51,442
$
20,235
$
41,896
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares - basic
321,515,982
323,677,515
318,682,548
Basic loss per common share from continuing operations attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
$
(1.18
)
$
(0.26
)
$
(4.46
)
Basic earnings per common share from discontinued operations attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
$
0.16
$
0.06
$
0.13
Diluted earnings per share computation:
Numerator:
Net loss from continuing operations
$
(378,404
)
$
(81,211
)
$
(1,418,652
)
Less: net income from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interest
-
2,346
3,757
Net loss from continuing operations attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
$
(378,404
)
$
(83,557
)
$
(1,422,409
)
Net income from discontinued operations, net of tax
$
53,634
$
20,829
$
41,350
Less: net income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interest
2,192
(546
)
Net income from discontinued operations attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
$
51,442
$
20,235
$
41,896
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares - diluted
321,515,982
323,677,515
318,682,548
Diluted loss per common share from continuing operations attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
$
(1.18
)
$
(0.26
)
$
(4.46
)
Diluted earnings per common share from discontinued operations attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
$
0.16
$
0.06
$
0.13
In accordance with the treasury stock method the weighted average shares outstanding assuming dilution include the incremental effect of stock-based awards, except when such effect would be antidilutive. Stock-based awards of 15.6 million, 6.9 million and 0.8 million weighted-average shares were outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted (loss) earnings per common share because the net loss position of the Company made them antidilutive.
15. Related Parties
Conyers Park
During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had outstanding private placement warrants that allowed holders to purchase 7,333,333 shares of the Company’s common stock. Such private placement warrants were held by Conyers Park II Sponsor, LLC (“CP Sponsor”), a related party. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of the Company’s Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share.
Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliates
Transactions between the Company and ASL are considered to be related-party transactions from the date of deconsolidation. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, revenues from ASL were not material and as of December 31, 2023, accounts receivable from ASL were not material.
During the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, the Company recognized revenues of $9.3 million, $22.2 million, and $14.3 million, respectively, from the parent company of an investment in unconsolidated affiliates. Accounts receivable from this client were $0.9 million and $3.7 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Loans to Karman Topco L.P.
Advantage Sales & Marketing Inc., an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into loan agreements with Topco, pursuant to which Topco has borrowed various amounts totaling $6.0 million from Advantage Sales & Marketing Inc. to facilitate the payment to certain former employees for their equity interests in Topco. On September 1, 2020, Advantage Sales & Marketing Inc. entered into a loan agreement with Topco consolidating all outstanding amounts under the prior agreements. Pursuant to such loan agreement Topco borrowed $6.0 million at an interest rate of 0.39% per annum. This loan matured on December 31, 2023 and was pre-payable at any time without penalty. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2024, the parties entered into a new loan agreement for $6.3 million to refinance the matured loan. The loan bears interest at a rate of 10.09% per annum and matures on December 31, 2026. The loan is pre-payable at any time without penalty.
Other related parties
Beginning February 2023, an officer of the Company has served as a member of the board of directors of a client of the Company. The Company recognized revenues from such client of $4.9 million and $4.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Accounts receivable from this client were $0.4 million and $0.6 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Beginning February 2023, an officer of the Company has served as a member of the board of directors of a consultant of the Company. The Company recognized $0.2 million of expense from such consultant during the year ended December 31, 2024. The Company did not recognize any expense from such consultant during the year ended December 31, 2023. The Company did not owe any amounts to this consultant as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.
Beginning July 2023, a member of the board of directors of the Company has served as an officer of a client of the Company. The Company recognized $7.9 million and $3.3 million of revenues from such client during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Accounts receivable from this client were $0.2 million and $0.5 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
16. Income Taxes
The benefit from income taxes is as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Current tax expense
Federal
$
$
24,805
$
15,973
State
2,004
9,784
5,337
Foreign
9,605
13,456
13,941
Total current tax expense
12,525
48,045
35,251
Deferred tax benefit
Federal
(59,986
)
(66,730
)
(130,718
)
State
(14,245
)
(16,230
)
(59,537
)
Foreign
(1,081
)
(2,733
)
(3,438
)
Total deferred tax benefit
(75,312
)
(85,693
)
(193,693
)
Total benefit from income taxes
$
(62,787
)
$
(37,648
)
$
(158,442
)
A reconciliation of the Company's effective income tax rate as compared to the federal statutory income tax rate is as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
Statutory U.S. rate
21.0
%
21.0
%
21.0
%
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
2.2
%
4.3
%
2.7
%
Foreign tax, net of federal tax benefit
(0.8
%)
(2.9
%)
(0.2
%)
Deconsolidation of subsidiaries
0.0
%
14.0
%
0.0
%
Goodwill impairment
(6.2
%)
0.0
%
(13.5
%)
Equity-based compensation
0.1
%
(2.3
%)
0.0
%
Work opportunity tax credit
0.6
%
2.5
%
0.2
%
Disallowed executive compensation
(0.6
%)
(1.8
%)
(0.2
%)
Meals and entertainment
(0.5
%)
(2.0
%)
(0.1
%)
Contingent consideration fair value adjustment
0.0
%
(0.4
%)
0.0
%
Fair value adjustment of warrant liability
0.0
%
0.1
%
0.3
%
Other
(1.6
%)
(0.8
%)
(0.2
%)
Effective tax rate
14.2
%
31.7
%
10.0
%
The geographic components of loss before income taxes are as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
U.S. sources
$
(452,261
)
$
(217,097
)
$
(1,598,544
)
Non-U.S. sources
11,070
98,238
21,450
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
$
(441,191
)
$
(118,859
)
$
(1,577,094
)
Net deferred tax liabilities consist of the following:
December 31,
(in thousands)
Deferred tax assets
Accrued liabilities
$
63,915
$
82,600
Interest expense
88,466
71,478
Right-of-use liabilities
9,517
12,748
Net operating losses
2,855
5,471
Acquisition and divestiture related expenses
5,460
6,511
Capitalized research and development costs
2,919
4,849
Contingent consideration
-
1,662
Insurance reserves
2,599
2,204
Acquired intangible assets, including goodwill
1,419
1,302
Other
2,977
6,274
Total deferred tax assets
180,127
195,099
Deferred tax liabilities
Acquired intangible assets, including goodwill
299,981
357,657
Interest rate collars and caps
6,799
Right-of-use assets
6,465
8,955
Debt issuance costs
6,359
7,242
Reorganization expenses
-
3,276
Other
7,861
9,561
Total deferred tax liabilities
321,080
393,490
Less: deferred income tax asset valuation allowances
(3,199
)
(3,491
)
Net deferred tax liabilities
$
144,152
$
201,882
December 31,
(in thousands)
Reported as:
Noncurrent deferred tax asset
$
2,737
$
2,254
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
146,889
204,136
Net deferred tax liabilities
$
144,152
$
201,882
Income tax expense from discontinued operations was $41.3 million, $8.6 million and $13.1 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Income tax expense for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 was impacted primarily by the sale of the divested entities and changes in the income before income taxes from discontinued operations. T
On August 16, 2022, the U.S. government enacted the Inflation Reduction Act, which, among other things, imposes a new corporate alternative minimum tax and an excise tax on stock buybacks. As of December 31, 2024, the Company has determined that the Act had no tax impacts on its consolidated financial statements.
The Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (“OECD”) published its model rules “Tax Challenges Arising From the Digitalization of the Economy - Global Anti-Base Erosion Model Rules (Pillar Two)” which established a global minimum corporate tax rate of 15% for certain multinational enterprises. Many countries have implemented or are in the process of implementing the Pillar Two legislation, which will apply to the Company. While the Company does not currently estimate a material impact to the consolidated financial statements, the Company continues to monitor the impact as countries implement legislation and the OECD provides additional guidance.
The Company held cash and cash equivalents in foreign subsidiaries of $65.0 million and $44.0 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries was $130.7 million and $125.1 million, respectively.
The Company has not recorded a deferred tax liability related to undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries as of December 31, 2024, except for a $0.6 million deferred tax liability for unremitted earnings in Canada with respect to which the
Company no longer has an indefinite reinvestment assertion. Taxes have not been provided on the remaining $114.2 million of undistributed foreign earnings. The incremental tax liability associated with these earnings is expected to be immaterial.
The Company evaluates its deferred tax assets, including a determination of whether a valuation allowance is necessary, based upon its ability to utilize the assets using a more likely than not analysis. Deferred tax assets are only recorded to the extent that they are realizable based upon past and future income. The Company’s valuation allowances on its deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 were $3.2 million, $3.5 million and $3.6 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had $3.6 million of United States Federal Net Operating Losses (“NOL”), $30.1 million state NOL, and $3.9 million foreign NOL. The change of ownership provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 may limit utilization of a portion of the Company’s domestic NOL to future periods. The United States Federal NOL expires in tax year 2037, $17.9 million of the state NOL expires between tax years 2024 and 2043 and the remaining $12.2 million of the state NOL carry forward indefinitely. Foreign NOL of $1.2 million expires between tax years 2024 and 2034 and the remaining $2.7 million of the foreign NOL carry forward indefinitely.
Uncertain Tax Positions
The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions when it is more likely than not that the tax position will not be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. As of December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits were $2.9 million, $2.9 million and $0.6 million, respectively. The Company recorded uncertain tax positions related to capitalizing interest to inventory and California research and development credits for the year ended December 31, 2024. $2.2 million out of the $2.9 million of the unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2024 would be included in the effective tax rate if recognized in future periods.
December 31,
(in thousands)
Beginning unrecognized tax benefits
$
2,887
$
$
Increases for tax positions related to prior years
-
2,350
-
Decreases due to lapsed statutes of limitations
(29
)
(23
)
(3
)
Ending unrecognized tax benefits
$
2,858
$
2,887
$
The Company is unaware of any positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase within the next twelve months. The Company files tax returns in the United States, various states and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, as of December 31, 2024, the Company is no longer subject to federal, state, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2020. The Company does not have any material ongoing income tax audits.
The Company has elected to classify interest and penalties as components of tax expense. These amounts were $1.4 million, $0.9 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
17. Operating Segments and Geographic Information
Effective January 1, 2024, the Company revised its reportable segments to align with the Company’s business strategy, and the manner in which the Chief Executive Officer, the Company's CODM, assesses the performance and makes decisions regarding the allocation of resources for the Company. The Company’s revised reportable segments consist of Branded Services, Experiential Services, and Retailer Services. The reportable segments reported below are the segments of the Company for which separate financial information is available. Through the Company's Branded Services segment, the Company offers capabilities in brokerage, branded merchandising and omni-commerce marketing services to consumer goods manufacturers. Through the Company's Experiential Services segment, the Company expands the reach of consumer brands and retailer products to convert shoppers into buyers through sampling and product demonstration programs executed in-store and online. Through the Company's Retailer Services segment, the Company provides retailers with end-to-end advisory, retailer merchandising, and agency expertise to drive sales. The assets and liabilities of the Company are managed centrally and are reported internally in the same manner as the consolidated financial statements; therefore, no additional information is produced or included herein.
Segment operating income is the measure utilized by the CODM to assess performance and allocate resources. When evaluating the Company’s financial performance, the CODM regularly reviews revenues, compensation and benefits, reimbursable expenses and other segment items. Compensation costs are key metrics reviewed by the CODM when allocating resources and assessing performance as the Company depends significantly on human capital to deliver services to its clients. Reimbursable expenses are also
reviewed regularly by the CODM as revenue included in the CODM packages are net of these expenses. The accounting policies for the segments are consistent with those described Note 1-Organization and Significant Accounting Policies.
Revenues and significant expenses by segment are as follows:
Year Ended December 31, 2024
(in thousands)
Branded Services
Experiential Services
Retailer Services
Total Company
Revenues
$
1,306,336
$
1,295,029
$
964,959
$
3,566,324
Less:
Compensation and benefits
719,089
701,906
619,387
2,040,382
Reimbursable expenses
171,766
349,991
-
521,757
Other segment items1
330,736
201,149
289,624
821,509
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset
275,170
-
-
275,170
Depreciation and amortization
130,212
41,728
32,613
204,553
Income from equity method investments
(2,064
)
-
-
(2,064
)
Total segment operating expenses from continuing operations
1,624,909
1,294,774
941,624
3,861,307
Total segment operating (loss) income from continuing operations
$
(318,573
)
$
$
23,335
$
(294,983
)
Year Ended December 31, 2023
(in thousands)
Branded Services
Experiential Services
Retailer Services
Total Company
Revenues
$
1,758,417
$
1,159,449
$
982,259
$
3,900,125
Less:
Compensation and benefits
1,009,334
638,081
630,484
2,277,899
Reimbursable expenses
179,029
307,610
-
486,639
Other segment items1
417,320
173,879
304,334
895,533
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset
43,500
-
-
43,500
Depreciation and amortization
140,932
36,584
31,340
208,856
Deconsolidation of European joint venture
(58,891
)
-
-
(58,891
)
Total segment operating expenses from continuing operations
1,731,224
1,156,154
966,158
3,853,536
Total segment operating income from continuing operations
$
27,193
$
3,295
$
16,101
$
46,589
Year Ended December 31, 2022
(in thousands)
Branded Services
Experiential Services
Retailer Services
Total Company
Revenues
$
1,764,076
$
904,230
$
978,036
$
3,646,342
Less:
Compensation and benefits
994,007
523,517
629,162
2,146,686
Reimbursable expenses
178,474
217,690
-
396,164
Other segment items1
370,628
142,565
292,810
806,003
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset
831,008
354,452
387,063
1,572,523
Depreciation and amortization
144,354
37,906
33,786
216,046
Loss on divestiture
2,863
-
-
2,863
Total segment operating expenses from continuing operations
2,521,334
1,276,130
1,342,821
5,140,285
Total segment operating loss from continuing operations
$
(757,258
)
$
(371,900
)
$
(364,785
)
$
(1,493,943
)
(1)
The “other segment items” category primarily consists of costs incurred in the execution of service obligations, including supplies, technology, and other direct expenses such as travel. These costs align with the segment-level information regularly provided to the CODM and represent the difference between revenue and the significant expense categories above in determining segment profitability.
Revenues by geographic region are as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Revenues
North America
$
3,412,947
$
3,393,718
$
3,176,774
Asia Pacific
145,574
125,569
96,075
Europe
7,803
6,472
2,010
European Joint Venture(1)
-
374,366
371,483
Total revenue
$
3,566,324
$
3,900,125
$
3,646,342
(1)
The Company’s European joint venture was deconsolidated during fiscal year 2023. For further details, see Note 2 - Discontinued Operations, Deconsolidation of European Joint Venture, Divestitures and Acquisitions.
North American revenues were primarily services provided in the U.S. representing revenues of $3.1 billion, $3.2 billion, and $3.0 billion during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. The majority of the Company’s long-lived assets are primarily located in North America. Long-lived assets located in all other geographic regions as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 are not material. North American long-lived assets were primarily in the U.S. representing long-lived assets of $97.1 million and $64.1 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The classification of “Asia Pacific” primarily includes the Company’s operations in Japan, South Korea and Taiwan. The classification of “Europe” primarily includes the Company’s operations in Spain, France and Sweden. The Company does not disclose total assets by segment as it is not provided to the CODM.
18. Commitments and Contingencies
Litigation
The Company is involved in various legal matters that arise in the ordinary course of its business. Some of these legal matters purport or may be determined to be class and/or representative actions, or seek substantial damages, or penalties. The Company has accrued amounts in connection with certain legal matters, including with respect to certain of the matters described below. There can be no assurance, however, that these accruals will be sufficient to cover such matters or other legal matters or that such matters or other legal matters will not materially or adversely affect the Company’s financial position, liquidity, or results of operations.
Employment Matters
The Company has also been involved in various litigation, including purported class or representative actions with respect to matters arising under the California Labor Code and Private Attorneys General Act. The Company has retained outside counsel to represent it in these matters and is vigorously defending its interests.
Commercial Matters
The Company has also been involved in various litigation matters and arbitrations with respect to commercial matters arising with clients, vendors and third-party sellers of businesses. The Company has retained outside counsel to represent it in these matters and is vigorously defending its interests.
Legal Matters Related to Take 5
The Company voluntarily disclosed to the United States Attorney’s Office and the Federal Bureau of Investigation certain misconduct occurring at Take 5, a line of business that the Company closed in July 2019. The Company intends to cooperate in this and any other governmental investigations that may arise in connection with the Take 5 Matter. At this time, the Company cannot predict the ultimate outcome of any investigation related to the Take 5 Matter and is unable to estimate the potential impact such an investigation may have on the Company. In August 2019, as a result of the Take 5 Matter, the Company provided a written indemnification claim notice to the sellers of Take 5 (the “Take 5 Sellers”) seeking monetary damages (including interest, fees and costs) based on allegations of breach of the asset purchase agreement, as well as fraud. The Company and the Take 5 Sellers engaged in arbitration proceedings. In October 2022, the arbitrator made a final award in the Company’s favor. The Company is actively pursuing the collection of this award. The Company is currently unable to estimate if or when it will be able to collect any amounts
associated with this arbitration. The Take 5 Matter may result in additional litigation against the Company, including lawsuits from clients, or governmental investigations, which may expose the Company to potential liability in excess of the amounts being offered by the Company as refunds to Take 5 clients. The Company is currently unable to determine the amount of any potential liability, costs or expenses (above the amounts already being offered as refunds) that may result from any lawsuits or investigations associated with the Take 5 Matter or determine whether any such issues will have any future material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, liquidity, or results of operations. Although the Company has insurance covering certain liabilities, the Company cannot assure that the insurance will be sufficient to cover any potential liability or expenses associated with the Take 5 Matter.
Surety Bonds
In the ordinary course of business, the Company is required to provide financial commitments in the form of surety bonds to third parties as a guarantee of its performance on and its compliance with certain obligations. If the Company were to fail to perform or comply with these obligations, any draws upon surety bonds issued on its behalf would then trigger the Company’s payment obligation to the surety bond issuer. The Company has outstanding surety bonds issued for its benefit of $15.0 million and $16.0 million as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
SCHEDULE I
ADVANTAGE SOLUTIONS INC.
CONDENSED REGISTRANT ONLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31,
(in thousands)
ASSETS
Investment in subsidiaries
$
748,817
$
1,106,025
Total assets
$
748,817
$
1,106,025
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Warrant liability
$
$
Total liability
Equity attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 3,290,000,000 shares authorized; 320,773,096 and 322,235,261 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
3,466,221
3,449,261
Accumulated deficit
(2,641,612
)
(2,314,655
)
Loans to Karman Topco L.P.
(7,029
)
(6,387
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(15,861
)
(3,944
)
Treasury stock, at cost; 12,400,075 and 3,600,075 shares as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively
(53,016
)
(18,949
)
Total equity attributable to stockholders of Advantage Solutions Inc.
748,735
1,105,358
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
748,817
$
1,106,025
See Notes to Condensed Registrant Only Financial Statements
SCHEDULE I
ADVANTAGE SOLUTIONS INC.
CONDENSED REGISTRANT ONLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)
Revenues
$
-
$
-
$
-
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)
-
-
-
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
-
-
-
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived asset
-
-
-
Gain on deconsolidation of subsidiaries
-
-
-
Loss on divestitures
-
-
-
Depreciation and amortization
-
-
-
Income from equity method investments
-
-
-
Total operating expenses
-
-
-
Operating income
-
-
-
Other income:
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities
(584
)
(286
)
(21,236
)
Interest expense, net
-
-
-
Total other income
(584
)
(286
)
(21,236
)
Income before income taxes and equity in net income of subsidiaries
21,236
Provision for income taxes
-
-
-
Net income before equity in net income of subsidiaries
21,236
Equity in net loss of subsidiaries
(327,546
)
(63,608
)
(1,401,749
)
Net loss attributable to subsidiaries
(326,962
)
(63,322
)
(1,380,513
)
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax equity in comprehensive (loss) income of subsidiaries
(9,485
)
5,817
(14,370
)
Total comprehensive loss
$
(336,447
)
$
(57,505
)
$
(1,394,883
)
See Notes to Condensed Registrant Only Financial Statements
ADVANTAGE SOLUTIONS INC.
CONDENSED REGISTRANT ONLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
NOTES TO THE CONDENSED REGISTRANT ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Basis of Presentation
In the registrant company only financial statements, Advantage Solutions Inc.’s (the “Registrant”) investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of the subsidiaries during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. The accompanying condensed registrant company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Rule 12-04, Schedule 1 of Regulation S-X. A condensed statement of cash flows was not presented because Registrant’s operating activities have no cash impact and there were no investing or financing cash flow activities during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022. This information should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.
2. Debt Restrictions
Pursuant to the terms of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the Notes discussed in Note 8-Debt, of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Registrant’s subsidiaries have restrictions on their ability to pay dividends or make intercompany loans and advances to the Registrant. Since the restricted net assets of the Registrant’s subsidiaries exceed 25% of the consolidated net assets of the Registrant and its subsidiaries, the accompanying condensed registrant company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Rule 12-04, Schedule 1 of Regulation S-X.
Advantage Sales & Marketing Inc., an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Borrower”) has obligations under the Term Loan Facility that are guaranteed by Karman Intermediate Corp. (“Holdings”) and all of the Borrower’s direct and indirect wholly owned material U.S. subsidiaries (as defined, subject to certain permitted exceptions) and Canadian subsidiaries (subject to certain permitted exceptions, including exceptions based on immateriality thresholds of aggregate assets and revenues of Canadian subsidiaries) (the “Guarantors”). The Term Loan Facility is secured by a lien on substantially all of Holdings’, the Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ assets (subject to certain permitted exceptions). The Term Loan Facility has a first-priority lien on the fixed asset collateral (equal in priority with the liens securing the Notes) and a second-priority lien on the current asset collateral (second in priority to the liens securing the Revolving Credit Facility), in each case, subject to other permitted liens.
The Borrower will be required to prepay the Term Loan Facility with 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales (such percentage subject to reduction based on the achievement of specific first lien net leverage ratios) and subject to certain reinvestment rights, 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain debt issuances and 50% of excess cash flow (such percentage subject to reduction based on the achievement of specific first lien net leverage ratios).
The Term Loan Facility contains certain customary negative covenants, including, but not limited to, restrictions on the ability of Holdings and that of its restricted subsidiaries to merge and consolidate with other companies, incur indebtedness, grant liens or security interests on assets, pay dividends or make other restricted payments, sell or otherwise transfer assets or enter into transactions with affiliates.
The Term Loan Facility provides that, upon the occurrence of certain events of default, the Company’s obligations thereunder may be accelerated. Such events of default will include payment defaults to the lenders thereunder, material inaccuracies of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to other material indebtedness, voluntary and involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency, corporate arrangement, winding-up, liquidation or similar proceedings, material money judgments, change of control and other customary events of default.

---

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None

---

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Limitations on Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act), management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and that management is required to apply judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We have established disclosure controls and procedures to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Based on the evaluation as of December 31, 2024, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) are effective at the reasonable assurance level.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements prepared for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
We rely extensively on information systems and technology to manage our business and summarize operating results. We are in the process of a multi-year implementation of a new global enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system, which will replace our existing operating and financial systems. The ERP system is designed to accurately maintain the Company’s financial records, enhance operational functionality and provide timely information to the Company’s management team related to the operation of the business. The implementation is expected to occur in phases over the next several years. As the next phases are rolled out in connection with the ERP implementation, we will give appropriate consideration to whether these process changes necessitate changes in the design of and testing for effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting.
Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2024. There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting during our most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included herein.

---

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Item 9B. Other Information.
Principal Accounting Officer
Our board of directors appointed Christopher Growe as the Company’s principal accounting officer as of March 4, 2025.
Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans
During the three months ended December 31, 2024, none of our directors and executive officers adopted or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K.
Item 9.C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
None.
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
The Company has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of that code is available on our principal corporate website at https://youradv.com.
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
(a)(1) Financial Statements.
See Index to Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedule.
Schedule I- Condensed Registrant Only Financial Information. See Index to Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
All other financial statement schedules have been omitted as the information is not required under the related instructions or is not applicable or because the information required is already included in the financial statements or the notes to those financial statements.
(a)(3) Exhibits.
Exhibit
No.
Incorporated by Reference
Description
Form
File No.
Exhibit
Filing Date
3.1
Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Advantage Solutions Inc.
8-K
001-38990
3.1
May 28, 2021
3.2
Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of Advantage Solutions Inc.
8-K
001-38990
3.1
April 13, 2021
4.1
Specimen Common Stock Certificate
8-K
001-38990
4.1
November 3, 2020
4.2
Warrant Agreement, dated July 22, 2019, between Conyers Park II Acquisition Corp. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company
8-K
001-38990
4.1
July 22, 2019
4.3
Specimen Warrant Certificate (included in Exhibit 4.2)
8-K
001-38990
4.1
July 22, 2019
4.4
Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2020, among Advantage Solutions FinCo LLC, Advantage Sales & Marketing Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent
8-K
001-38990
4.4
November 3, 2020
4.5
Form of 6.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2028 (included in Exhibit 4.4)
8-K
001-38990
4.4
November 3, 2020
10.1
Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2020, by and among Conyers Park II Acquisition Corp., Karman Topco L.P., CVC ASM Holdco, L.P., the entities identified on the signature pages thereto under the heading “LGP Stockholders”, BC Eagle Holdings, L.P., and Conyers Park II Sponsor LLC
8-K
001-38990
10.2
November 3, 2020
10.2
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 7, 2020 by and between Karman Topco L.P., Karman II Coinvest LP, Green Equity Investors VI, L.P., Green Equity Investors Side VI, L.P., LGP Associates VI-A LLC, LGP Associates VI-B LLC, CVC ASM Holdco, LP, JCP ASM Holdco, L.P., Karman Coinvest L.P., Centerview Capital, L.P., Centerview Employees, L.P., BC Eagle Holdings, L.P. and Yonghui Investment Limited, Conyers Park II Sponsor LLC and the other holders of Common Series B Units, Vested Common Series C Units and Vested Common Series C-2 Units of Holdings listed on the schedule thereto as Contributing Investors.
8-K
001-38990
10.3
November 3, 2020
10.3#
Advantage Solutions Inc. 2020 Incentive Plan, as amended and restated
10.3(a)#
Form of Pre-2024 Stock Option Award Grant Notice and Agreement under the Advantage Solutions Inc. 2020 Incentive Plan
10-Q
001-38990
10.1
May 10, 2023
10.3(b)#
Form of Pre-2024 Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Agreement under the Advantage Solutions Inc. 2020 Incentive Plan
10-Q
001-38990
10.2
May 10, 2023
10.3(c)#
Form of Pre-2024 Performance Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement under the Advantage Solutions Inc. 2020 Incentive Award Plan
10-Q
001-38990
10.3
May 10, 2023
10.3(d)#*
Form of 2024 Stock Option Award Grant Notice and Agreement under the Advantage Solutions Inc. 2020 Incentive Plan
10.3(e)#*
Form of 2024 Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Agreement under the Advantage Solutions Inc. 2020 Incentive Plan
10.3(f)#*
Form of 2024 Performance Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement under the Advantage Solutions Inc. 2020 Incentive Award Plan
10.4(a)#
Advantage Solutions Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
10-K
001-38990
10.5(d)#
March 1, 2024
10.4(b)#
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Non-Employee Directors) under the Advantage Solutions Inc. 2020 Incentive Award Plan
10-Q
001-38990
10.4
May 10, 2023
10.5#
Advantage Solutions Inc. 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
8-K
001-38990
10.7#
November 3, 2020
10.6#
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated February 1, 2023, by and between Advantage Solutions Inc. and Dave Peacock
10-Q
001-38990
10.5#
May 10, 2023
10.7#
Employment Agreement dated March 28, 2023, by and between Advantage Solutions Inc. and Jack Pestello
10-K
001-38990
10.12#
March 1, 2024
10.8#
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated March 31, 2023, by and between Advantage Solutions Inc. and Christopher Growe
8-K
001-38990
10.1#
April 3, 2023
10.9#
Executive Employment Agreement dated October 18, 2017, by and between Daymon Worldwide Inc. and Michael Taylor
10-K
001-38990
10.12#
March 1, 2024
10.10#
Form of Indemnification Agreement
8-K
001-38990
10.11#
November 3, 2020
10.11
Eighth Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership for Karman Topco L.P., dated as of September 7, 2020
8-K
001-38990
10.14
November 3, 2020
10.12
First Amendment to Eighth Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Karman Topco L.P.
10-K
001-38990
10.19
March 1, 2023
10.13
ABL Revolving Credit Agreement, dated October 28, 2020, by and among Advantage Sales & Marketing Inc., as Borrower, Karman Intermediate Corp., Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the lender parties thereto.
8-K
001-38990
10.15
November 3, 2020
10.14
First Lien Credit Agreement, dated October 28, 2020, by and among Advantage Sales & Marketing Inc., as Borrower, Karman Intermediate Corp., Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the lender parties thereto.
8-K
001-38990
10.16
November 3, 2020
10.15
Amendment No. 1 to First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2021, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the other guarantors parties thereto, each lender party thereto, and Bank of America, as administrative agent.
8-K
001-38990
10.1
October 29, 2021
10.16
First Amendment to ABL Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2021, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, as administrative agent.
8-K
001-38990
10.2
October 29, 2021
10.17
Second Amendment to ABL Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2022, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, as administrative agent.
8-K
001-38990
10.1
December 6, 2022
10.18
Amendment No. 2 to First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2023, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the other guarantors parties thereto, each lender party thereto, and Bank of America, as administrative agent
10-Q
001-38990
10.1
August 4, 2023
10.19
Amendment No. 3 to First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2024, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the other guarantors parties
8-K
001-38990
10.1
April 18, 2024
thereto, each lender party thereto, and Bank of America, as administrative agent.
14.1
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
19.1
Advantage Solutions Inc. Insider Trading Compliance Policy and Procedures
21.1*
List of Subsidiaries
23.1*
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
31.1*
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer
31.2*
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer
32.1**
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer
32.2**
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer
97.1
Policy Relating to Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation
101.INS
Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document
101.SCH
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
* Filed herewith.
** The certifications attached as Exhibit 32.1 and Exhibit 32.2 that accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K are not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.
# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.
None.
***
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
ADVANTAGE SOLUTIONS INC.
By:
/s/ David Peacock
David Peacock
Chief Executive Officer and Director
Date:
March 7, 2025
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
SIGNATURE
TITLE
DATE
/s/ David Peacock
David Peacock
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director
March 7, 2025
/s/ Christopher Growe
Christopher Growe
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
March 7, 2025
/s/ Chris Baldwin
Director
March 7, 2025
Chris Baldwin
/s/ Cameron Breitner
Director
March 7, 2025
Cameron Breitner
/s/ Virginie Costa
Director
March 7, 2025
Virginie Costa
/s/ Timothy J. Flynn
Director
March 7, 2025
Timothy J. Flynn
/s/ Tiffany Han
Director
March 7, 2025
Tiffany Han
/s/ James M. Kilts
Chairman and Director
March 7, 2025
James M. Kilts
/s/ Adam Levyn
Director
March 7, 2025
Adam Levyn
/s/ Jody Macedonio
Director
March 7, 2025
Jody Macedonio
/s/ Robin Manherz
Director
March 7, 2025
Robin Manherz
SIGNATURE
TITLE
DATE
/s/ Adam Nebesar
Director
March 7, 2025
Adam Nebesar
/s/ Deborah Poole
Director
March 7, 2025
Deborah Poole
/s/ Brian K. Ratzan
Director
March 7, 2025
Brian K. Ratzan
/s/ David J. West
Director
March 7, 2025
David J. West

---

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
The Company has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of that code is available on our principal corporate website at https://youradv.com.

---

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.

---

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.

---

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.

---

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2025 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024.
PART IV

---

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
(a)(1) Financial Statements.
See Index to Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedule.
Schedule I- Condensed Registrant Only Financial Information. See Index to Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
All other financial statement schedules have been omitted as the information is not required under the related instructions or is not applicable or because the information required is already included in the financial statements or the notes to those financial statements.
(a)(3) Exhibits.
Exhibit
No.
Incorporated by Reference
Description
Form
File No.
Exhibit
Filing Date
3.1
Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Advantage Solutions Inc.
8-K
001-38990
3.1
May 28, 2021
3.2
Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of Advantage Solutions Inc.
8-K
001-38990
3.1
April 13, 2021
4.1
Specimen Common Stock Certificate
8-K
001-38990
4.1
November 3, 2020
4.2
Warrant Agreement, dated July 22, 2019, between Conyers Park II Acquisition Corp. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company
8-K
001-38990
4.1
July 22, 2019
4.3
Specimen Warrant Certificate (included in Exhibit 4.2)
8-K
001-38990
4.1
July 22, 2019
4.4
Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2020, among Advantage Solutions FinCo LLC, Advantage Sales & Marketing Inc., the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent
8-K
001-38990
4.4
November 3, 2020
4.5
Form of 6.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2028 (included in Exhibit 4.4)
8-K
001-38990
4.4
November 3, 2020
10.1
Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of October 27, 2020, by and among Conyers Park II Acquisition Corp., Karman Topco L.P., CVC ASM Holdco, L.P., the entities identified on the signature pages thereto under the heading “LGP Stockholders”, BC Eagle Holdings, L.P., and Conyers Park II Sponsor LLC
8-K
001-38990
10.2
November 3, 2020
10.2
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 7, 2020 by and between Karman Topco L.P., Karman II Coinvest LP, Green Equity Investors VI, L.P., Green Equity Investors Side VI, L.P., LGP Associates VI-A LLC, LGP Associates VI-B LLC, CVC ASM Holdco, LP, JCP ASM Holdco, L.P., Karman Coinvest L.P., Centerview Capital, L.P., Centerview Employees, L.P., BC Eagle Holdings, L.P. and Yonghui Investment Limited, Conyers Park II Sponsor LLC and the other holders of Common Series B Units, Vested Common Series C Units and Vested Common Series C-2 Units of Holdings listed on the schedule thereto as Contributing Investors.
8-K
001-38990
10.3
November 3, 2020
10.3#
Advantage Solutions Inc. 2020 Incentive Plan, as amended and restated
10.3(a)#
Form of Pre-2024 Stock Option Award Grant Notice and Agreement under the Advantage Solutions Inc. 2020 Incentive Plan
10-Q
001-38990
10.1
May 10, 2023
10.3(b)#
Form of Pre-2024 Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Agreement under the Advantage Solutions Inc. 2020 Incentive Plan
10-Q
001-38990
10.2
May 10, 2023
10.3(c)#
Form of Pre-2024 Performance Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement under the Advantage Solutions Inc. 2020 Incentive Award Plan
10-Q
001-38990
10.3
May 10, 2023
10.3(d)#*
Form of 2024 Stock Option Award Grant Notice and Agreement under the Advantage Solutions Inc. 2020 Incentive Plan
10.3(e)#*
Form of 2024 Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Agreement under the Advantage Solutions Inc. 2020 Incentive Plan
10.3(f)#*
Form of 2024 Performance Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement under the Advantage Solutions Inc. 2020 Incentive Award Plan
10.4(a)#
Advantage Solutions Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
10-K
001-38990
10.5(d)#
March 1, 2024
10.4(b)#
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Non-Employee Directors) under the Advantage Solutions Inc. 2020 Incentive Award Plan
10-Q
001-38990
10.4
May 10, 2023
10.5#
Advantage Solutions Inc. 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
8-K
001-38990
10.7#
November 3, 2020
10.6#
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated February 1, 2023, by and between Advantage Solutions Inc. and Dave Peacock
10-Q
001-38990
10.5#
May 10, 2023
10.7#
Employment Agreement dated March 28, 2023, by and between Advantage Solutions Inc. and Jack Pestello
10-K
001-38990
10.12#
March 1, 2024
10.8#
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated March 31, 2023, by and between Advantage Solutions Inc. and Christopher Growe
8-K
001-38990
10.1#
April 3, 2023
10.9#
Executive Employment Agreement dated October 18, 2017, by and between Daymon Worldwide Inc. and Michael Taylor
10-K
001-38990
10.12#
March 1, 2024
10.10#
Form of Indemnification Agreement
8-K
001-38990
10.11#
November 3, 2020
10.11
Eighth Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership for Karman Topco L.P., dated as of September 7, 2020
8-K
001-38990
10.14
November 3, 2020
10.12
First Amendment to Eighth Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Karman Topco L.P.
10-K
001-38990
10.19
March 1, 2023
10.13
ABL Revolving Credit Agreement, dated October 28, 2020, by and among Advantage Sales & Marketing Inc., as Borrower, Karman Intermediate Corp., Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the lender parties thereto.
8-K
001-38990
10.15
November 3, 2020
10.14
First Lien Credit Agreement, dated October 28, 2020, by and among Advantage Sales & Marketing Inc., as Borrower, Karman Intermediate Corp., Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the lender parties thereto.
8-K
001-38990
10.16
November 3, 2020
10.15
Amendment No. 1 to First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2021, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the other guarantors parties thereto, each lender party thereto, and Bank of America, as administrative agent.
8-K
001-38990
10.1
October 29, 2021
10.16
First Amendment to ABL Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2021, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, as administrative agent.
8-K
001-38990
10.2
October 29, 2021
10.17
Second Amendment to ABL Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2022, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, as administrative agent.
8-K
001-38990
10.1
December 6, 2022
10.18
Amendment No. 2 to First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2023, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the other guarantors parties thereto, each lender party thereto, and Bank of America, as administrative agent
10-Q
001-38990
10.1
August 4, 2023
10.19
Amendment No. 3 to First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2024, by and among the Borrower, Holdings, the other guarantors parties
8-K
001-38990
10.1
April 18, 2024
thereto, each lender party thereto, and Bank of America, as administrative agent.
14.1
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
19.1
Advantage Solutions Inc. Insider Trading Compliance Policy and Procedures
21.1*
List of Subsidiaries
23.1*
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
31.1*
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer
31.2*
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer
32.1**
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer
32.2**
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer
97.1
Policy Relating to Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation
101.INS
Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document
101.SCH
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
* Filed herewith.
** The certifications attached as Exhibit 32.1 and Exhibit 32.2 that accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K are not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.
# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.